The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Gate to Cæsar

This ebook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this ebook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this eBook.

Title: The Gate to Cæsar

Author: Julius Caesar

Editor: William C. Collar

Release date: August 9, 2009 [eBook #29645]
Most recently updated: January 5, 2021

Language: Latin

Credits: Produced by Louise Hope, Ted Garvin and the Online
Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net

*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE GATE TO CÆSAR *** 







This text includes characters that
require UTF-8 (Unicode) file encoding:




ā ē ī ō ū   Ā Ē Ī Ō Ū   vowels with macron or “long” mark

ĕ ĭ ŏ   vowels with breve or “short” mark (very rare)



If any of these characters do not display properly—in
particular, if the diacritic does not appear directly above the
letter—or if the apostrophes and quotation marks in this paragraph
appear as garbage, you may have an incompatible browser or unavailable
fonts. First, make sure that the browser’s “character set” or “file
encoding” is set to Unicode (UTF-8). You may also need to change your
browser’s default font.



As explained in the editor’s Introductory Note, readings are given
in two forms. For this e-text, line breaks and numbers were retained
in the simplified version for use with the Notes. In the unchanged
version, each chapter is a single paragraph.








THE



GATE TO CÆSAR



BY



WILLIAM C.
COLLAR, A.M.


Head Master Roxbury Latin School



 



BOSTON, U.S.A.

GINN & COMPANY, PUBLISHERS

1895














Copyright, 1891,



By William C. Collar.






All Rights Reserved.



 



Typography by J. S. Cushing & Co., Boston,
U.S.A.






Presswork by Ginn & Co., Boston, U.S.A.









iii



 PREFACE.




----




The recent discovery of a work of
Aristotle has interested and delighted the whole learned world; but one
may venture to say that if, instead, a book had been found written
in the best period of the Latin language for the amusement or
instruction of youth, by some Roman De Foe, or Goldsmith, or Lamb, or
Burnett, there would be ten times the reason for rejoicing. Unhappily
there is no likelihood that we shall ever congratulate ourselves on such
a “find,” for probably no such work ever existed. What a misfortune that
it did not occur to Cicero to divert himself in some leisure hour by
writing a story for Roman youth! Millions of boys and girls in these
later ages would have had good reason to bless his name. Cæsar could
have done it; but to him, too, the gods denied such an inspiration, and
we must suffer for it. Seeing that he had composed a treatise on Latin
Grammar, one almost wonders that a mind so original and fertile should
not have conceived the idea of adapting his Gallic War, or some part of
it, to the powers and comprehension of youth. What measureless gratitude
would he not have won from unborn generations of schoolmasters, who have
now to struggle desperately and often unavailingly to make clear to
their pupils the meaning of his intricate periods, and untwist the
strands of his knotty syntax!



iv


Cæsar is a difficult author. Some parts of his Gallic War are as
hard, or nearly as hard, as any prose Latin that has come down to us.
Yet it has somehow strangely enough become the fashion to read that work
first in a Latin course. My own conviction is that for young learners a
year’s reading in easier Latin is not too much before taking up the less
difficult books of the Gallic War. Even then the transition to Cæsar
comes with something of a shock; for the learner is soon and often
brought face to face with sentences that seem to him of most bewildering
intricacy, however they may, as commentators sometimes remark,
beautifully illustrate most important principles of Latin order and
construction. There is a sentence in the second book, by no means the
most difficult one to be found, that extends through eighteen
lines,—that is, something more than half a page,—containing
twenty-one distinct ideas, and having the verb separated from its
subject by ninety-four words.



I know no more disheartening task than that of undertaking to carry a
class unprepared in age and knowledge of the language through Cæsar’s
Gallic War. Yet it is precisely this disheartening task that thousands
of teachers are set to do, or set themselves to do, every year. The
results are often dismal enough. Teachers are blamed, they blame
themselves, they blame their pupils. Pupils may sometimes be stupid,
teachers may lack knowledge of the language and the subject, but the
fault may also lie wholly with the author or with the Latin language
itself; if with the latter, there is no help. Latin, it must be
confessed, is an exceedingly difficult language to learn. All the more
reason then why, in attacking it, every unnecessary obstacle should be
removed. We should make our approaches with caution
v
and skill; we should take it, if possible, aperto latere. We
should not begin with a difficult work; or if, in the dearth of Latin
suited to the juvenile mind, this is deemed unavoidable, common sense
suggests the query, why not remove provisionally1 from the text those more
intricate parts that discourage the learner and bar the way of
progress?



Cæsar knew how to write his own language well; but he wrote for men,
he wrote with compression and in haste, and there are passages in his
works that are tough reading for a good Latin scholar. It is the fashion
to praise Cæsar’s lucidity; but brevity and haste are not conducive to
lucidity.





“Ther nys no werkman, what so ever he be,


That may bothe werke wel, and hastily.


This wol be doon at leyser parfitly.”





For my part I confess that I sometimes find him obscure. Moreover,
when I am in doubt as to his meaning and appeal to the commentators,
I find that they generally disagree and sometimes quarrel about the
sense. Therefore to put young learners to reading Cæsar as his text
stands, bristling with difficulties, before they have acquired anything
more than a meagre vocabulary and gained a modicum of insight by some
practice in reading easier Latin, is to set them at a task harder than
that which Pharaoh set the Israelites.



I am of the opinion that, even when a fair working vocabulary has
been acquired through some previous reading, there is no book of the
Gallic War that does not require a certain degree of simplification to
bring it to the level of the powers of young boys and girls. It is this
conviction born of long observation of the vexation of spirit,
discouragement, and waste of time by pupils in wrestling with
difficulties that
iv
inevitably floor them, that has prompted me to put my hand to this work,
which, slight as it may seem, has cost me the leisure of many months.
But I shall feel repaid tenfold, if, through this little book, boys and
girls are enabled to read Cæsar with less waste of time, more easily,
with fresher interest, and added sense of power; if, in other words, it
proves in reality what it is in name, a Gate to Cæsar.



A few words will be sufficient to explain the principle on which I
have simplified Cæsar’s text, the amount of excision, and the degree of
change. It would have been a comparatively easy task to simplify the
text by the mere process of omission, never deviating from the
ipsissima verba of the author by so much as the change of a mode
or tense. One could do this and still string together the disjecta
membra of the text into something like a connected narrative. But
that would be to preserve the integrity of the words at the expense of
everything else,—inner relation, structure, style, spirit. Or the
simplification might be effected by a virtual rewriting of the text, by
amplification rather than suppression, coupled with changes in the
collocation of words, where the arrangement seemed to obscure the
meaning and perplex the learner.



My purpose and plan differed essentially from both these methods. My
aim has been, first, to keep the narrative intact; second, to retain as
much of the text as was consistent with the effort to disburden it of
its greater difficulties; third, to make the fewest practicable changes
in what was retained, save the modification of some verb forms, and the
occasional rendering of indirect into direct discourse; fourth, very
rarely to change the position of a word; finally, never to insert a
word, except now and then
vii
to supply a form plainly understood, or to introduce some connective,
like et, tum, itaque, autem, ergo,
postremo.



As to the amount of excision, I find that I have omitted almost
exactly one-fifth of Cæsar’s text.



If the beginner in Cæsar reads the simplified text and concurrently
turns the Exercises into Latin, laying firm hold of the grammatical
principles selected for illustration, I believe he will find the
remaining difficulties of the original text not beyond his scope.
I should even hope that he would then read with something of the
joy of conscious power. If the reading of the texts and the writing of
the Exercises should require more time than is usually spent on the
second book of Cæsar, which, however, I doubt, I believe
subsequent progress would still be rapid and satisfactory enough to
amount to a net gain and saving of time.



It has seemed best to mark long vowels, except the vowels of final
syllables and of monosyllables, the rules for which can be readily
learned. I have, however, marked a few monosyllables, as a constant
reminder to teachers who find their old pronunciation clinging to
certain words. We used to say hĭs, sĭc, nŏn,
quĭn, hŏc. These words, therefore, I have marked. On
the other hand, one is in no danger of saying dĕ, hĭ,
sĭ, prŏ, for old habit would not mislead.



I take pleasure in acknowledging my obligations to Mr. Alfred G.
Rolfe for several useful criticisms, and to Miss Caroline Ober Stone for
valuable corrections and for carefully reading the proof-sheets as far
as the vocabularies. To Mr. Clarence W. Gleason I am specially indebted.
But for his timely and generous aid in preparing both vocabularies, the
publication of this book must have been very considerably delayed.



WILLIAM C. COLLAR.




Seaconnet, July 25, 1891.




1
It is presumed that the learner will subsequently read the complete
text.







ix


 CONTENTS.




----








page




Introductory Note
x




Simplified Text
1-22




Complete Text
23-41




Notes on Both Texts
43-71




Exercises on Simplified Text
73-88




Vocabulary
89-123




Etymological Vocabulary
125-141







x


 NOTE ON THE USE OF THE BOOK.



The Simplified Text and the Exercises based upon it are of the first
importance. The viva voce translation of the Exercises, followed
by the writing of them, will illustrate and help to implant in the
memory the most important principles of syntax met with in the text. Let
the teacher insist upon thorough work here, and he may safely omit other
syntactical instruction.



But little power of reading Latin can be gained without making the
acquisition of a working vocabulary a distinct object. The Latin
synonyms and the Etymological Vocabulary may be made useful agents to
that end. If the words added to each chapter are read aloud, reviewed,
and compared where backward references are made, the learner will
acquire a useful stock of synonyms easily, naturally, and with small
expenditure of time.



It is often easier to retain in mind a number of words, grouped
according to some principle of similarity or contrast, than a single
word with nothing to hook it to the memory. For this reason it is
recommended that the Etymological Vocabulary be often pressed into the
service. Suppose, for example, the word conspectus occurs in the
lesson. If the teacher will turn to page 138 and have the ten words read
out under the root SPEC, he will multiply several times the chances that
this particular word will be remembered on its next occurrence. He will
have done much more. He will have increased the chances that nine other
words will be lodged in the memory; and to each one a fresh interest
will be added by its being seen in relation, not as an isolated, and
therefore barren, fact.



The first vocabulary may be used for comparing in the text the
different meanings and uses of the same word. It is through such
comparisons that one gets at the heart and spirit of the language, while
cultivating at the same time a mental habit of great value.



Having read the Simplified Text, the learner should be well equipped
for wrestling with the difficulties that remain in the unchanged text,
for he is already familiar with the thought and the language. Comparison
of the two texts by the teacher, so far as time permits, may now be made
to illustrate important principles, as of indirect discourse, which are
here and there discussed in the notes.




In the Simplified and Complete texts, each chapter number is a link to
the corresponding chapter of the other version.









1



CÆSAR’S GALLIC WAR

Book II.

B.C. 57; A.U.C. 697.




----



THE BELGIAN LEAGUE DEFEATED.


Simplified Text.




 
The Belgæ form a league against the Romans.



1.
Cum esset Caesar in citeriōre Gallia, crēbri ad eum

rūmōres adferēbantur. Litteris item Labiēni certior fīēbat

omnes Belgas contra populum Rōmānum coniūrāre

obsidēsque inter se dare. Coniūrandi hae erant causae:

5
prīmum verēbantur ne ad se exercitus noster addūcerētur;

deinde ab nōnnūllis Gallis sollicitābantur. Hi Germānos

diūtius in Gallia versāri nōluerant et populi Rōmāni

exercitum hiemāre atque inveterāscere in Gallia moleste

ferēbant. Nōnnūlli mōbilitāte et levitāte animi novis

10
imperiis studēbant. Ab nōnnūllis etiam sollicitābantur,

quod in Gallia a potentiōribus atque iis qui ad condūcendos

homines facultātes habēbant, vulgo rēgna occupābantur;

qui minus facile eam rem imperio nostro cōnsequi

poterant.

Chapter 1 Notes

Chapter 1 Exercises





crēber, frequens.


vereor, timeo.


deinde, tum.


versor: maneo, sum.


moleste, graviter.


studeo, cupio.





2

 
Cæsar levies two legions and marches against them.



2.
Hīs nūntiis litterīsque commōtus est Caesar. Duas

legiōnes in citeriōre Gallia novas cōnscrīpsit. In interiōrem

Galliam qui hās legiōnes dēdūceret Q. Pedium

lēgātum mīsit. Ipse, cum prīmum pābuli cōpia esse

5
inciperet, ad exercitum vēnit. Senones fīnitimi Belgis

erant. Ea quae apud Belgas geruntur cōgnōscunt Caesaremque

de hīs rēbus certiōrem faciunt. Hi cōnstanter

omnes nūntiāvērunt manus cōgi, exercitum in ūnum locum

condūci. Tum vēro nōn dubitāvit Caesar quīn ad eos

10
proficīscerētur. Itaque castra movet diēbusque circiter

quīndecim ad fīnes Belgārum pervenit.

Chapter 2 Notes

Chapter 2 Exercises





nūntius, rūmor.


fīnitimus: vīcīnus, propīnquus.


gero: ago, facio.


cōgo, conligo.


condūco, conligo.


pervenio, accēdo.






 
The Remi at once show the white feather.



3.
Eo de imprōvīso celeriterque vēnit Caesar. Rēmi

ad eum lēgātos Iccium et Andocumborium mīsērunt, qui

dīxērunt se omnia in fidem atque in potestātem populi

Rōmāni permittere. “Rēmi neque cum Belgis reliquis

5
cōnsēnsērunt neque contra populum Rōmānum coniūrāvērunt.

Parāti sunt obsides dare et Caesaris imperāta

facere et eum oppidis recipere et frūmento cēterīsque rēbus

iuvāre. Reliqui omnes Belgae in armis sunt. Germāni,

qui cis Rhēnum incolunt, sēse cum hīs coniūnxērunt.

10
Tantus est eōrum omnium furor ut ne Suessiōnes quidem

dēterrēre possint Rēmi. Suessiōnes frātres Rēmōrum cōnsanguineīque

sunt eōdemque iūre et īsdem lēgibus ūtuntur.

Ūnum imperium ūnumque magistrātum cum iis habent.”

Chapter 3 Notes

Chapter 3 Exercises





de imprōvīso: subito, repente.


permitto, dēdo.


cōnsentio: coniūro, me coniungo.


dēterreo, dissuādeo.





3

 
Cæsar learns the number of the enemy’s forces.



4.
Cum ab hīs quaereret quae cīvitātes quantaeque in

armis essent et quid in bello possent, sīc reperiēbat:

plērīque Belgae sunt orti ab Germānis Rhēnumque antīquitus

trāducti ibi cōnsēdērunt, Gallōsque qui ea loca

5
incolēbant expulērunt. Sōli fuērunt qui Teutonos Cimbrōsque

intra fīnes suos ingredi prohibuērunt. Qua ex

re fīēbat ut māgnam sibi auctōritātem māgnōsque spīritus

in re mīlitāri sūmerent. De numero eōrum omnia se

habēre explōrāta Rēmi dīcēbant. Quantam quisque multitūdinem

10
in commūni Belgārum concilio ad id bellum pollicitus

esset cōgnōverant. Plūrimum inter eos Bellovaci

et virtūte et auctōritāte et hominum numero valēbant.

Hi poterant cōnficere armāta mīlia centum; polliciti sunt

ex eo numero ēlēcta sexāginta tōtīusque belli imperium

15
sibi postulābant. Suessiōnes Rēmōrum erant fīnitimi;

lātissimos ferācissimōsque agros possidēbant. Apud eos

fuit rēx nostra etiam memoria Divitiacus, tōtīus Galliae

potentissimus, qui cum māgnae partis hārum regiōnum

tum etiam Britanniae imperium obtinuit. Nunc erat rēx

20
Galba; ad hunc propter iūstitiam prūdentiamque suam

belli summa dēlāta est.

Chapter 4 Notes

Chapter 4 Exercises





quaero, interrogo.


reperio, cōgnōsco.


orior, nāscor.


cōnsīdo, me colloco.


spīritus: adrogantia, animi.


explōro, cōgnōsco.


valeo, possum.


cōnficio, comparo.


ferax, fertilis.


summa: cūra, imperium.






 
He takes hostages from the Remi and crosses the Axona.



5.
Caesar omnem senātum ad se convenīre prīncipumque

līberos obsides ad se addūci iūssit. Quae omnia ab hīs

dīligenter ad diem facta sunt. Ipse Divitiacum Aeduum

4
māgno opere cohortātus est. Rei pūblicae interest manus

5
hostium distinēri, ne cum tanta multitūdine ūno tempore

cōnflīgendum sit. Id fieri potest, si suas cōpias Aedui

in fīnes Bellovacōrum intrōdūxerint et eōrum agros populāri

coeperint. Hīs mandātis eum ab se dīmittit. Postea

Caesar omnes Belgārum cōpias in ūnum locum coāctas

10
ad se venīre vīdit neque iam longe abesse. Hōc ab iis

quōs mīserat explōrātōribus et ab Rēmis cōgnōvit. Tum

flūmen Axonam exercitum trādūcere mātūrāvit atque ibi

castra posuit. Quae res latus ūnum castrōrum rīpis flūminis

mūniēbat et post eum quae essent tūta ab hostibus

15
reddēbat. Commeātus etiam ab Rēmis reliquīsque cīvitātibus

sine perīculo portāri poterant. In eo flūmine pōns

erat. Ibi praesidium pōnit et in altera parte flūminis

Q. Titurium Sabīnum lēgātum cum sex cohortibus relīquit;

castra in altitūdinem pedum XII vāllo
fossāque

20
duodēvīginti pedum mūnīre iubet.

Chapter 5 Notes

Chapter 5 Exercises





iubeo, impero.


māgno opere, vehementer.


interest, pertinet.


distineo, dīvido.


cōnflīgo: pūgno, dīmico.


populor, vāsto.


cōgo, condūco,
2.


cōgnōsco, reperio,
4.


mātūro, propero.


commeātus, cibus.






 
How the Belgæ lay siege to a town.



6.
Ab hīs castris oppidum Rēmōrum nōmine Bibrax

aberat mīlia passuum octo. Id ex itinere māgno impetu

Belgae oppūgnāre coepērunt. Aegre eo die sustentātum

est. Gallōrum eadem atque Belgārum oppūgnātio est

5
haec. Circumiecta multitūdine hominum tōtis moenibus

undique in mūrum lapides iaciunt. Ubi mūrus dēfēnsōribus

nūdātus est, testūdine facta portas succēdunt mūrumque

subruunt. Quod tum facile fīēbat. Nam cum tanta

5
multitūdo lapides āc tēla cōnicerent, in mūro cōnsistendi

10
potestas erat nūlli. Postrēmo fīnem oppūgnandi nox

fēcit. Tum Iccius Rēmus, qui oppido praefuerat, nūntium

ad Caesarem mittit: nisi subsidium sibi submittātur,

sēse diūtius sustinēre nōn posse.

Chapter 6 Notes

Chapter 6 Exercises





tōtus, omnis.


undique, ex omni parte.


ubi, cum.


nūdo, prīvo.


succēdo: accēdo, subeo.


subruo, suffodio.


cōnsisto, sto.


praesum, praefectus sum.


subsidium, auxilium.


sustineo, sustento.






 
They abandon the siege and turn against Cæsar.



7.
Eo de media nocte Caesar Numidas et Crētas sagittārios

et funditōres Baleāres subsidio oppidānis mittit;

quōrum adventu hostibus spes potiundi oppidi discessit.

Itaque paulisper apud oppidum morāti agrōsque Rēmōrum

5
dēpopulāti ad castra Caesaris omnibus cōpiis contendērunt

et ab mīlibus passuum minus duōbus castra

posuērunt; quae castra, ut fūmo atque īgnibus sīgnificābātur,

amplius mīlibus passuum octo in lātitūdinem

patēbant.

Chapter 7 Notes

Chapter 7 Exercises





subsidium, auxilium,
6.


potior, occupo.


discēdo, abeo.


paulisper, nōn diu.


moror, cunctor.


dēpopulor, vāsto.


contendo, mātūro,
5.


pateo, pertineo.






 
Cæsar awaits the attack of the enemy.



8.
Caesar prīmo propter multitūdinem hostium et

propter eximiam opīniōnem virtūtis proelio supersedēre

statuit; cotīdie tamen quid hostis virtūte posset et quid

nostri audērent perīclitābātur. Locus erat pro castris ad

5
aciem īnstruendam nātūra opportūnus atque idōneus. Is

autem collis, ubi castra posita erant, paululum ex plānitie

6
ēditus tantum adversus in lātitūdinem patēbat quantum

loci acies īnstrūcta occupāre poterat. Atque ex utrāque

parte lateris dēiectus habēbat, et in frōntem lēniter fastīgātus

10
paulātim ad plānitiem redībat. Ab utrōque latere

ēius collis trānsversam fossam obdūxit circiter passuum

quadringentōrum et ad extrēmas fossas castella cōnstituit

ibique tormenta conlocāvit, ne hostes ab lateribus pūgnantes

suos circumvenīre possent. Hōc facto duābus

15
legiōnibus quās proxime cōnscrīpserat in castris relīctis,

reliquas sex legiōnes pro castris in acie cōnstituit. Hostes

item suas cōpias ex castris ēductas īnstrūxerant.

Chapter 8 Notes

Chapter 8 Exercises





eximius: excellens, ēgregius.


opīnio, fāma.


supersedeo, abstineo.


perīclitor: tento, experior.


idōneus: aptus, commodus.


dēiectus, dēclīvitas.


fastīgātus, adclīvis.


conloco, pōno.






 
Finally the enemy make a dash to cross the Axona.



9.
Palus erat nōn māgna inter nostrum atque hostium

exercitum. Hanc si nostri trānsīrent hostes exspectābant.

Interim proelio equestri inter duas acies contendēbātur.

Ubi neutri trānseundae ēius palūdis initium

5
faciunt, secundiōre equitum proelio nostris Caesar suos

in castra redūxit. Hostes prōtinus ex eo loco ad flūmen

Axonam contendērunt, quod esse post nostra castra

dēmōnstrātum est. Partem suārum cōpiārum trādūcere

cōnāti sunt, ut castellum cui praeerat Q. Titurius lēgātus

10
expūgnārent pontemque interscinderent; si minus potuissent,

ut agros Rēmōrum populārentur commeātūque

nostros prohibērent.

Chapter 9 Notes

Chapter 9 Exercises





initium, prīncipium.


secundus, prōsperus.


prōtinus: statim, extemplo, repente,
subito.


contendo, mātūro,
7.


praesum, praefectus sum,
6.


interscindo, abrumpo.


commeātus, cibus,
5.





7

 
A battle follows, the Belgæ are defeated and disperse.



10.
Caesar omnem equitātum et levis armātūrae Numidas,

funditōres sagittāriōsque pontem trādūcit atque

ad eos contendit. Ācriter in eo loco pūgnātum est. Hostes

impedītos nostri in flūmine adgressi māgnum eōrum

5
numerum occīdērunt. Prīmos qui trānsierant equitātu

circumventos interfēcērunt. Hostes, ubi de expūgnando

oppido spem se fefellisse intellēxērunt neque nostros in

locum inīquiōrem prōgredi vīdērunt atque ipsos res frūmentāria

dēficere coepit, concilium convocāvērunt. Cōnstituērunt

10
optimum esse domum suam quemque reverti.

Cōnstituērunt etiam ut quōrum in fīnes prīmum Rōmāni

exercitum intrōdūxissent ad eos dēfendendos undique

convenīrent. Quod eo cōnsilio fēcērunt, ut potius in suis

quam in aliēnis fīnibus dēcertārent. Ad eam sententiam

15
haec ratio eos dēdūxit, quod Divitiacum atque Aeduos

fīnibus Bellovacōrum adpropīnquāre cōgnōverant. Hīs

persuādēri ut diūtius morārentur nōn poterat.

Chapter 10 Notes

Chapter 10 Exercises





armātūra, arma.


ācriter, vehementer.


adgredior, adorior.


occīdo, concīdo.


prōgredior: prōcēdo, prōdeo.


cōnstituo, statuo.


revertor, redeo.


dēcerto: pūgno, dīmico.


sententia, cōnsilium.


moror, cunctor,
7.






 
They are pursued with awful slaughter.



11.
Ea re cōnstitūta, secunda vigilia māgno cum strepitu

āc tumultu castris ēgressi, nūllo certo ōrdine neque

imperio, fēcērunt ut cōnsimilis fugae profectio vidērētur.

Hāc re statim Caesar per speculātōres cōgnita īnsidias

5
veritus exercitum equitātumque castris continuit. Prīma

lūce omnem equitātum qui novissimum āgmen morārētur

8
praemīsit. T. Labiēnum lēgātum cum legiōnibus tribus

subsequi iūssit. Hi novissimos adorti et multa mīlia

passuum prōsecūti māgnam multitūdinem eōrum fugientium

10
concīdērunt. Ii ad quos ventum erat cōnsistēbant

fortiterque impetum nostrōrum sustinēbant; sed priōres,

quod abesse a perīculo vidēbantur, exaudīto clāmōre perturbātis

ōrdinibus omnes in fuga sibi praesidium pōnēbant.

Ita sine ūllo perīculo māgnam eōrum multitūdinem

15
nostri interfēcērunt sub occāsumque sōlis dēstitērunt sēque

in castra, ut erat imperātum, recēpērunt.

Chapter 11 Notes

Chapter 11 Exercises





cōnstituo, statuo,
10.


strepitus: clāmor, fremitus.


cōnsimilis, persimilis.


vereor, timeo,
1.


moror, cunctor,
7.


subsequor: prōsequor, īnsequor.


adorior, adgredior,
10.


concīdo, occīdo,
10.


cōnsisto, sto,
6.


sustineo, sustento,
6.






 
A forced march and attack on Noviodunum. The town surrenders.



12.
Postrīdie ēius diēi Caesar in fīnes Suessiōnum

exercitum dūxit et māgno itinere cōnfecto ad oppidum

Noviodūnum contendit. Id ex itinere oppūgnāre cōnātus,

quod vacuum ab dēfēnsōribus esse audiēbat, expūgnāre

5
nōn potuit. Interim omnis ex fuga Suessiōnum multitūdo

in oppidum proxima nocte convēnit. Celeriter vīneis

ad oppidum āctis, aggere iacto turribusque cōnstitūtis,

māgnitūdine operum et celeritāte Rōmānōrum permōti

sunt Suessiōnes. Itaque lēgātos ad Caesarem de dēditiōne

10
mittunt et petentibus Rēmis ut cōnservārentur impetrant.

petrant.

Chapter 12 Notes

Chapter 12 Exercises





cōnficio, perficio.


contendo, propero.


vacuus: carens, nūdus.


interim, interea.


ago: pello, dūco, traho.


permoveo, commoveo.


dēditio, trāditio.


impetro, cōnsequor.





9

 
The Bellovaci also submit at Cæsar’s approach.



13.
Caesar obsidibus acceptis armīsque omnibus ex

oppido trāditis in dēditiōnem Suessiōnes accēpit exercitumque

in Bellovacos dūxit. Qui cum se suaque omnia

in oppidum Bratuspantium contulissent, atque ab eo

5
oppido Caesar cum exercitu circiter mīlia passuum quīnque

abesset, omnes māiōres nātu ex oppido ēgressi manus

ad Caesarem tendere et vōce sīgnificāre coepērunt sēse in

ēius fidem āc potestātem venīre. Item, cum ad oppidum

accessisset, pueri mulierēsque ex mūro passis manibus

10
suo mōre pācem ab Rōmānis petiērunt.

Chapter 13 Notes

Chapter 13 Exercises





trādo: do, dēdo.


me cōnfero: me recipio, eo.


ēgredior, exeo.


coepi, incēpi.


pueri, līberi.


pando, tendo.


mōs, cōnsuētūdo.


peto, ōro.






 
Divitiacus pleads earnestly for the Bellovaci.



14.
Pro hīs Divitiacus facit verba: “Bellovaci omni

tempore in fide atque amīcitia cīvitātis Aeduae fuērunt:

impulsi a suis prīncipibus, qui dīcēbant Aeduos omnes

indīgnitātes contumēliāsque perferre, ab Aeduis dēfēcērunt

5
et populo Rōmāno bellum intulērunt. Ii qui ēius

cōnsili prīncipes fuērunt in Britanniam profūgērunt.

Petunt nōn sōlum Bellovaci sed etiam pro hīs Aedui ut

tua clēmentia āc mānsuētūdine in eos ūtāris. Quod si

fēceris, Aeduōrum auctōritātem apud omnes Belgas amplificābis,

10
quōrum auxiliis atque opibus, si qua bella

incidunt, sustentāre cōnsuērunt.”

Chapter 14 Notes

Chapter 14 Exercises





impello: incito, indūco.


contumēlia, iniūria.


dēficio: dēsero.


mānsuētūdo, lēnitas.


auctōritas, grātia.


amplifico, augeo.


sustento, sustineo,
6.


cōnsuēsco, soleo.





10

 
The temperance, courage, and patriotism of the Nervii.



15.
Caesar honōris Divitiaci atque Aeduōrum causa

sēse eos in fidem receptūrum et cōnservātūrum dīxit;

quod erat cīvitas māgna inter Belgas auctōritāte, sexcentos

obsides poposcit. Hīs trāditis omnibusque armis

5
ex oppido conlātis, ab eo loco in fīnes Ambiānōrum pervēnit.

Eōrum fīnes Nervii attingēbant; quōrum de

nātūra mōribusque Caesar cum quaereret, sīc reperiēbat:

Nūllus aditus erat ad eos mercātōribus; nihil patiēbantur

vīni reliquārumque rērum īnferri, quod iis rēbus

10
relanguēscere animos et remitti virtūtem exīstimābant:

erant homines feri māgnaeque virtūtis; increpitābant

atque incūsābant reliquos Belgas, qui se populo Rōmāno

dēdidissent.

Chapter 15 Notes

Chapter 15 Exercises





auctōritas, grātia,
14.


posco, impero.


cōnfero, cōgo,
2.


attingo, contingo.


aditus, accessus.


patior, sino.


relanguēsco, effēminor.


remitto, minuo.


incūso, accūso.


dēdo, permitto.






 
Encamped on the Sabis the Nervii await the coming of Cæsar.



16.
Cum per eōrum fīnes trīduum iter fēcisset, inveniēbat

ex captīvis Sabim flūmen ab castris suis nōn

amplius mīlia passuum x abesse. Trāns id flūmen omnes

Nervii cōnsēderant adventumque ibi Rōmānōrum exspectābant.

5
Exspectābantur etiam ab hīs Aduātucōrum cōpiae

atque erant in itinere. Mulieres quīque per aetātem ad

pūgnam inūtiles vidērentur in eum locum coniēcerant,

quo propter palūdes exercitui aditus nōn esset.

Chapter 16 Notes

Chapter 16 Exercises





cōnsīdo, me colloco,
4.


cōnicio, dēpōno.


aditus,
15.





11

 
They plan to attack Cæsar’s advance guard.



17.
Hīs rēbus cōgnitis explōrātōres centuriōnēsque

praemittit qui locum idōneum castris dēligant. Cum ex

dēditīciis Belgis reliquīsque Gallis complūres Caesarem

secūti ūna iter facerent, quīdam ex hīs nocte ad Nervios

5
pervēnērunt. Hīs dēmōnstrārunt inter singulas legiōnes

impedīmentōrum māgnum numerum intercēdere, neque

esse quicquam negōti, cum prīma legio in castra vēnisset,

hanc sub sarcinis adorīri; qua pulsa futūrum ut reliquae

legiōnes contra cōnsistere nōn audērent. Nervii autem

10
antīquitus, quo facilius fīnitimōrum equitātum impedīrent,

teneris arboribus incīsis atque īnflexis, crēbrīsque

in lātitūdinem rāmis ēnātis, et rubis sentibusque interiectis,

effēcerant ut īnstar mūri hae saepes mūnīmenta

praebērent, quo nōn modo nōn intrāri sed ne perspici

15
quidem posset. Hīs rēbus cum iter āgminis nostri impedīrētur,

nōn omittendum sibi cōnsilium Nervii exīstimāvērunt.

Chapter 17 Notes

Chapter 17 Exercises





idōneus: aptus, commodus, 8.


dēligo, ēligo.


intercēdo, intervenio.


sarcinae: impedīmenta, onera.


adorior, adgredior,
11.


cōnsisto, sto,
6.


incīdo, accīdo.


īnstar: fōrma, similitūdo.


omitto, neglego.


exīstimo, puto.






 
The Roman camping-ground and the position of the enemy.



18.
Loci nātūra erat haec, quem locum nostri castris

dēlēgerant. Collis ab summo acquāliter dēclīvis ad flūmen

Sabim, quod supra nōmināvimus, vergēbat. Ab eo flūmine

pari adclīvitāte collis nāscēbātur, ab superiōre parte

5
silvestris ut nōn facile intrōrsus perspici posset. Intra

eas silvas hostes in occulto sēse continēbant; in aperto

12
loco secundum flūmen paucae statiōnes equitum vidēbantur.

Flūminis erat altitūdo pedum circiter trium.

Chapter 18 Notes

Chapter 18 Exercises





summum, culmen.


dēclīvis, prōclīvis.


vergo, pertineo.


nāscor, orior,
4.


intrōrsus, intra.


in occulto, abditus.


statio, custōdia.


circiter, ad.






 
The plan of attack is skilfully carried out by the Nervii.



19.
Caesar equitātu praemīsso subsequēbātur omnibus

cōpiis. Sed quod ad hostes adpropīnquābat, cōnsuētūdine

sua sex legiōnes expedītas dūcēbat; post eas

tōtīus exercitus impedīmenta conlocārat; inde duae legiōnes,

5
quae proxime cōnscrīptae erant, tōtum āgmen claudēbant

praesidiōque impedīmentis erant. Equites nostri,

cum funditōribus sagittāriīsque flūmen trānsgressi, cum

hostium equitātu proelium commīsērunt. Illi se identidem

in silvas ad suos recipiēbant āc rūrsus ex silva in

10
nostros impetum faciēbant. Interim legiōnes sex, quae

prīmae vēnerant, opere dīmēnso castra mūnīre coepērunt.

Ubi prīma impedīmenta nostri exercitus ab iis qui in

silvis abditi latēbant vīsa sunt, subito omnibus cōpiis

prōvolāvērunt impetumque in nostros equites fēcērunt.

15
Hīs facile pulsis āc prōturbātis, incrēdibili celeritāte ad

flūmen dēcucurrērunt, ut paene ūno tempore ad silvas et

in flūmine et iam in manibus nostris hostes vidērentur.

Eādem autem celeritāte adverso colle ad nostra castra

atque eos qui in opere occupāti erant contendērunt.

Chapter 19 Notes

Chapter 19 Exercises





subsequor, prōsequor,
11.


conloco, pōno,
8.


trānsgredior, trānseo.


identidem, iterum atque iterum.


rūrsus, iterum.


interim, interea,
12.


dīmētior, mētior.


lateo, me cēlo.


prōvolo, prōruo.


prōturbo, fugo.


paene, fere.


contendo, propero,
7.





13

 
But the soldiers and lieutenants know what to do.



20.
Caesari omnia ūno tempore erant agenda: vēxillum

prōpōnendum, sīgnum tuba dandum, ab opere revocandi

mīlites, acies īnstruenda, mīlites cohortandi, sīgnum dandum.

Quārum rērum māgnam partem temporis brevitas

5
et successus hostium impediēbat. Sed erat subsidio

scientia atque ūsus mīlitum, quod superiōribus proeliis

exercitāti, nōn minus commode ipsi sibi praescrībere

quam ab aliis docēri poterant. Praeterea ab opere singulīsque

legiōnibus singulos lēgātos Caesar discēdere

10
vetuerat. Hi propter propīnquitātem et celeritātem

hostium nihil iam Caesaris imperium exspectābant, sed

per se quae vidēbantur administrābant.

Chapter 20 Notes

Chapter 20 Exercises





prōpōno, ostendo.


successus, accessus,
15.


subsidium, auxilium,
6.


ūsus, experientia.


exercitātus, perītus.


commode: apte, bene.


praescrībo, praecipio.


veto, prohibeo.


propīnquitas, vīcīnitas.


administro: prōvideo, ago.






 
Fighting begins before the soldiers can arm themselves.



21.
Caesar necessāriis rēbus imperātis ad cohortandos

mīlites dēcucurrit et ad legiōnem decimam dēvēnit.

Mīlites nōn longiōre ōrātiōne cohortātus quam uti suae

prīstinae virtūtis memoriam retinērent neu perturbārentur

5
animo hostiumque impetum fortiter sustinērent,

quod nōn longe hostes aberant, proeli committendi sīgnum

dedit. Atque in alteram partem item cohortandi

causa profectus pūgnantibus occurrit. Temporis tanta

fuit exiguitas hostiumque tam parātus ad dīmicandum

10
animus, ut nōn modo ad īnsīgnia adcommodanda, sed

etiam ad galeas induendas scūtīsque tegimenta dētrūdenda

tempus dēfuerit. Quam in partem quisque ab opere cāsu

14
dēvēnit quaeque prīma sīgna cōnspēxit, ad haec cōnstitit,

ne in quaerendis suis pūgnandi tempus dīmitteret.

Chapter 21 Notes

Chapter 21 Exercises





dēvenio, pervenio.


prīstinus: vetus, antīquus.


perturbo, commoveo,
12.


sustineo, sustento,
6.


occurro, incĭdo.


exiguitas, brevitas.


adcommodo, apto.


induo, indūco.


dētrūdo, dētraho.


cāsu, fōrte.


cōnspicio, cōnspicor.


dīmitto, āmitto.






 
All is confusion in the battle; the commander can do little.



22.
Īnstrūcto exercitu magis ut loci nātūra dēiectusque

collis et necessitas temporis quam ut rei mīlitāris

ratio atque ōrdo postulābat, fīēbat ut aliae legiōnes alia

in parte hostibus resisterent; saepibus autem dēnsissimis,

5
ut ante dēmōnstrāvimus, interiectis prōspectus impediēbātur,

ut neque certa subsidia conlocāri, neque ab ūno

omnia imperia administrāri possent. Itaque in tanta

rērum inīquitāte, fōrtūnae quoque ēventus varii sequēbantur.

Chapter 22 Notes

Chapter 22 Exercises





dēiectus, dēclīvitas,
8.


ratio, scientia.


intericio, interpōno.


administro, ago,
20.


inīquitas, varietas.


ēventus, cāsus.






 
The battle seems to be going against Cæsar.



23.
Legiōnis nōnae et decimae mīlites, ut in sinistra

parte acie cōnstiterant, Atrebates cursu āc lassitūdine

exanimātos vulneribusque cōnfectos celeriter ex loco

superiōre in flūmen compulērunt. Tum eos trānsīre

5
cōnantes īnsecūti, gladiis māgnam partem eōrum interfēcērunt.

Ipsi trānsīre flūmen nōn dubitāvērunt et in

locum inīquum prōgressi, hostes redintegrāto proelio in

fugam cōniēcērunt. Item alia in parte dīversae duae

legiōnes, ūndecima et octāva, ex loco superiōre in ipsis

15
10
flūminis rīpis proeliābantur. At tōtis fere a frōnte et

ab sinistra parte nūdātis castris, omnes Nervii cōnfertissimo

āgmine, duce Boduōgnāto, qui summam imperi

tenēbat, ad eum locum contendērunt; quōrum pars aperto

latere legiōnes circumvenīre, pars summum castrōrum

15
locum petere coepit.

Chapter 23 Notes

Chapter 23 Exercises





lassitūdo, dēfatīgātio.


cōnfectus, dēfessus.


compello, ago.


redintegro, renovo.


cōnfertus, dēnsus.


summa, cūra,
4.


contendo, propero,
12.


peto, accurro.






 
It is beginning to look very dark for the Romans.



24.
Eōdem tempore equites nostri levisque armātūrae

pedites, qui cum iis ūna fuerant, cum se in castra reciperent,

hostibus occurrēbant āc rūrsus aliam in partem

fugam petēbant; et cālōnes, praedandi causa ēgressi,

5
cum respēxissent et hostes in nostris castris versāri

vīdissent, praecipites fugae sēse mandābant. Simul

eōrum qui cum impedīmentis veniēbant clāmor fremitusque

oriēbātur, aliīque aliam in partem perterriti ferēbantur.

Quibus omnibus rēbus permōti sunt equites

10
Trēveri, qui auxili causa ab cīvitāte ad Caesarem mīssi

vēnerant. Ergo cum multitūdine hostium castra complēri,

legiōnes premi et paene circumventas tenēri, cālōnes,

equites, funditōres in omnes partes fugere vīdissent,

dēspērātis nostris rēbus, domum contendērunt atque Rōmānos

15
pulsos superātōsque cīvitāti renūntiāvērunt.

Chapter 24 Notes

Chapter 24 Exercises





armātūra, arma,
10.


me recipio, me cōnfero,
13.


occurro, incĭdo,
21.


ēgredior, exeo,
13.


versor, sum occupātus,
1.


mando, commendo.


fremitus, strepitus,
11.


orior, nāscor,
4.


premo, urgeo.


paene, fere,
19.


pello: fugo, prōturbo, 19.


supero, vinco.





16

 
Will Cæsar’s coolness and courage save his army?



25.
Caesar ab decimae legiōnis cohortātiōne ad dextrum

cornu profectus suos urgēri et duodecimae legiōnis

cōnfertos mīlites sibi ipsos ad pūgnam esse impedīmento

vīdit. Quartae cohortis omnes centuriōnes occīsi sunt

5
et, sīgnifero interfecto, sīgnum est āmīssum. Reliquārum

cohortium omnes fere centuriōnes aut vulnerāti aut

occīsi sunt, in hīs prīmipīlus P. Sextius Baculus, fortissimus

vir, multis gravibusque vulneribus cōnfectus ut iam

se sustinēre nōn posset. Hīs rēbus reliquos esse tardiōres

10
vīdit Caesar et nōnnullos dēserto proelio excēdere āc tēla

vītāre; hostes autem neque a fronte ex īnferiōre loco

subeuntes intermittere et ab utrōque latere īnstāare, et

rem esse in angusto, neque ūllum esse subsidium quod

submitti posset. Tum vēro scūto ūni mīliti dētracto,

15
quod ipse eo sine scūto vēnerat, in prīmam aciem prōcessit,

centuriōnibusque nōminātim appellātis, reliquos

cohortātus mīlites sīgna īnferre et manipulos laxāre iūssit, 

quo facilius gladiis ūti possent. Cūius adventu spe inlāta

mīlitibus āc redintegrāto animo paulum hostium impetus

20
tardātus est.

Chapter 25 Notes

Chapter 25 Exercises





urgeo, premo,
24.


cōnfertus, dēnsus,
23.


sīgnifer, aquilifer.


āmitto, dīmitto,
21.


fere, paene,
19.


cōnfectus, dēfessus,
23.


excēdo, exeo.


subeo, succēdo.


intermitto: dēsino, dēsisto.


īnsto: urgeo, premo, 24.


dētraho, rapio.


laxo, aperio.


īnfero (2): do, adfero.


redintegro, renovo,
23.






 
A shifting scene. Pull Romans, pull Nervii!



26.
Caesar cum septimam legiōnem, quae iūxta cōnstiterat,

item urgēri ab hoste vīdisset, tribūnos mīlitum

monuit ut paulātim sēse legiōnes coniungerent. Quo

17
facto, cum alius alii subsidium ferret, audācius resistere

5
āc fortius pūgnāre coepērunt. Interim mīlites legiōnum

duārum, quae in novissimo āgmine praesidio impedīmentis

fuerant, proelio nūntiāto cursu incitāto in summo colle

ab hostibus cōnspiciēbantur; et T. Labiēnus castris hostium

potītus decimam legiōnem subsidio nostris mīsit.

10
Qui cum quo in loco res esset, quantōque in perīculo castra

et legiōnes et imperātor versārētur, cōgnōvissent,

nihil ad celeritātem sibi reliqui fēcērunt.

Chapter 26 Notes

Chapter 26 Exercises





iūxta, prope.


cōnsisto,
6.


urgeo,
25.


paulātim, gradātim.


interim, interea,
12.


cōnspicio, video.


potior, occupo,
7.


versor, sum,
1.


cōgnōsco, reperio,
4.






 
In the fierce wrestle the brave Nervii go under.



27.
Hōrum adventu tanta rērum commūtātio est facta

ut nostri, etiam qui vulneribus cōnfecti prōcubuissent,

proelium redintegrārent; equites vēro, ut turpitūdinem

fugae virtūte dēlērent, omnibus in locis pūgnae se legiōnāriis

5
mīlitibus praeferrent. At hostes etiam in extrēma

spe salūtis māximam virtūtem praestitērunt; nam cum

prīmi eōrum cecidissent, proximi iacentibus comitibus

īnsistēbant atque ex eōrum corporibus pūgnābant; hīs

dēiectis et coacervātis cadāveribus, cēteri ut ex tumulo

10
tēla in nostros cōniciēbant et pīla intercepta remittēbant:

ut iūdicāri dēbēret nōn nēquīquam tantae virtūtis homines

ausos esse trānsīre lātissimum flūmen, ascendere altissimas

rīpas, subīre inīquissimum locum; quae facilia ex

difficillimis animi māgnitūdo redēgerat.

Chapter 27 Notes

Chapter 27 Exercises





prōcumbo, prōcido.


turpitūdo: īgnōminia, īnfāmia.


dēleo, exstinguo.


extrēmus, ultimus.


praesto: praebeo, ostento.


iaceo, prōcumbo.


coacervo: congero, cōgo.


cadāver, corpus.


nēquīquam, frūstra.


redigo, facio.





18

 
Why slay the poor remnant? Let them live.



28.
Hōc proelio facto et prope ad interneciōnem gente

āc nōmine Nerviōrum redācto, māiōres nātu, quōs ūna

cum pueris mulieribusque in palūdes cōniectos dīxerāmus,

cōnsēnsu omnium qui supererant lēgātos ad Caesarem

5
mīsērunt sēque ei dēdidērunt. Postea in commemoranda

cīvitātis calamitāte, ex sexcentis ad tres senātōres, ex

hominum mīlibus LX vix ad quīngentos
qui arma ferre

possent, sēse redāctos esse dīxērunt. Quōs Caesar ut in

10
miseros āc supplices ūsus misericordia vidērētur,

dīligentissime cōnservāvit suīsque fīnibus atque oppidis ūti

iūssit et fīnitimis imperāvit ut ab iniūria et maleficio se

suōsque prohibērent.

Chapter 28 Notes

Chapter 28 Exercises





prope, paene,
19.


internecio, interitus.


redigo, redūco.


puerī, līberi,
13.


cōnicio, dēpōno,
16.


dēdo, permitto,
15.


commemoro, nārro.


fīnitimus, vīcīnus,
2.






 
The Aduatuci prepare to make a desperate resistance.



29.
Aduātuci, qui cum omnibus cōpiis auxilio Nerviis

veniēbant, hāc pūgna nūntiāta ex itinere domum revertērunt;

cūnctis oppidis castellīsque dēsertis sua omnia in

ūnum oppidum ēgregie nātūra mūnītum contulērunt.

5
Quod ex omnibus in circuitu partibus altissimas rūpes

dēspectūsque habēbat, sed ūna ex parte lēniter adclīvis

aditus relinquēbātur; quem locum duplici altissimo mūro

mūnierant; tum māgni ponderis saxa et praeacūtas trabes

in mūro conlocābant. Ipsi erant ex Cimbris Teutonīsque

10
prōgnāti, qui, cum iter in prōvinciam nostram atque

Ītaliam facerent, custōdiam ex suis āc praesidium sex

mīlia hominum relīquērunt. Hi post eōrum obitum

19
multos annos a fīnitimis exagitāti, cōnsēnsu eōrum omnium

hunc sibi domicilio locum dēlēgērunt.

Chapter 29 Notes

Chapter 29 Exercises





revertor, redeo,
10.


cūnctus, omnis.


ēgregie: optime, eximie, 8.


dēspectus, prōspectus.


lēniter, paulātim.


aditus, accessus,
15.


conloco, pōno,
8.


prōgnātus, ortus,
4.


obitus, interitus,
28.


dēligo, ēligo,
17.






 
From their walls they taunt the Romans.



30.
Āc prīmo adventu exercitus nostri crēbras ex

oppido excursiōnes faciēbant parvulīsque proeliis cum

nostris contendēbant; postea vāllo pedum XII in circuitu

XV mīlium crēbrīsque castellis
circummūnīti oppido sēse

5
continēbant. Ubi vīneis āctis aggere exstrūcto turrim

procul cōnstitui vīdērunt, prīmum inrīdēre ex mūro atque

increpitāre vōcibus coepērunt, quod tanta māchinātio ab

tanto spatio īnstruerētur: quibusnam manibus aut quibus

vīribus praesertim homines tantulae statūrae turrim

10
tanti oneris in mūro sēse conlocāre cōnfīderent?

Chapter 30 Notes

Chapter 30 Exercises





adventus, accessus,
15.


crēber, frequens,
1.


excursio, ēruptio.


cōnstituo, pōno.


inrīdeo, dērīdeo.


increpito, maledīco.


tantulus, parvulus.


onus, pondus.






 
But soon they lose confidence and offer to surrender.



31.
Ubi vēro turrim movēri et adpropīnquāre moenibus

vīdērunt, nova atque inūsitāta specie commōti lēgātos

ad Caesarem de pāce mīsērunt, qui ad hunc modum locūti

sunt: Aduātuci nōn exīstimant Rōmānos sine ope dīvīna

5
bellum gerere, qui tantae altitūdinis māchinātiōnes tanta

celeritāte prōmovēre possint; itaque se suaque omnia

eōrum potestāti permittunt. Ūnum petunt: si fōrte

20
Caesar pro sua clēmentia āc mānsuētūdine statuerit

Aduātucos esse cōnservandos, ne eos armis dēspoliet.

10
Omnes fere fīnitimi sunt inimīci āc eōrum virtūti invident,

a quibus se dēfendere trāditis armis nōn poterunt. Sibi

praestet, si in eum cāsum dēdūcantur, quamvis fōrtūnam

a populo Rōmāno pati, quam ab inimīcis per cruciātum

interfici.

Chapter 31 Notes

Chapter 31 Exercises





novus, mīrus.


inūsitātus: īnsolitus, novus.


species, facies.


modus, ratio.


ops, auxilium.


permitto, dēdo,
15.


peto, ōro,
13.


mānsuētūdo, lēnitas,
14.


statuo, cōnstituo,
10.


fere, paene,
25.


cāsus, fātum,
22.


dēdūco, redigo,
28.






 
They must disarm, but are promised protection.



32.
Ad haec Caesar respondit: “Magis cōnsuētūdine

mea quam merito vestro cīvitātem cōnservābo, si prius

quam mūrum aries attigerit, vos dēdideritis: sed dēditiōnis

nūlla est condicio nisi armis trāditis. Id quod in

5
Nerviis fēci faciam fīnitimīsque imperābo ne quam iniūriam

dēditīciis populi Rōmāni īnferant.” Re nūntiāta

ad suos, quae imperārentur facere dīxērunt. Armōrum

tanta multitūdo de mūro in fossam quae erat ante oppidum

iacta est, ut prope summam mūri aggerisque altitūdinem

10
acervi eōrum adaequārent, et tamen circiter pars

tertia, ut postea perspectum est, cēlāta atque in oppido

retenta est. Deinde portis patefactis eo die pāce sunt

ūsi oppidāni.

Chapter 32 Notes

Chapter 32 Exercises





prius quam, ante quam.


dēditio, trāditio,
12.


fīnitimus, vīcīnus,
2.


īnfero: fero, facio.


prope, paene,
28.


circiter, ad,
19.


perspicio, intellego.


patefacio, aperio.





21

 
A brave dash for freedom, but a terrible fate.



33.
Sub vesperum Caesar portas claudi mīlitēsque ex

oppido exīre iūssit. Oppidāni cōnsilio ante inito, ut

intellēctum est, quod dēditiōne facta nostros praesidia

dēductūros aut dēnique indīligentius servātūros crēdiderant,

5
tertia vigilia, qua minime arduus ad nostras mūnītiōnes

ascēnsus vidēbātur, omnibus cōpiis repentīno ex

oppido ēruptiōnem fēcērunt. Celeriter, ut ante Caesar

imperārat, īgnibus sīgnificātiōne facta ex proximis castellis

eo concursum est. Ibi pūgnātum est ācriter ab

10
hostibus in extrēma spe salūtis inīquo loco contra eos

qui ex vāllo turribusque tēla iacerent, cum in ūna virtūte

omnis spes salūtis cōnsisteret. Occīsis ad hominum

mīlibus quattuor reliqui in oppidum reiecti sunt. Postrīdie

ēius diēi refrāctis portis, cum iam dēfenderet nēmo,

15
atque intrōmīssis mīlitibus nostris sectiōnem ēius oppidi

ūniversam Caesar vendidit. Ab iis qui ēmerant capitum

numerus ad eum relātus est mīlium quīnquāginta trium.

Chapter 33 Notes

Chapter 33 Exercises





intellego, perspicio,
32.


dēnique, saltem.


indīligenter, neglegenter.


arduus, difficilis.


repentīnus, subitus.


ēruptio, excursio,
30.


sīgnificātio, sīgnum.


inīquus, incommodus.


ūniversus, tōtus.


refero, renūntio.






 
All the maritime nations submit to the Romans.



34.
Eōdem tempore a P. Crasso, quem cum legiōne

ūna mīserat ad Venetos, Unellos, Osismos, Curiosolitas,

Esuvios, Aulercos, Rēdones, quae sunt maritimae cīvitātes

Ōceanumque attingunt, certior factus est omnes eas

5
cīvitātes in diciōnem potestātemque populi Rōmāni esse

redāctas.

Chapter 34 Notes

Chapter 34 Exercises





attingo, tango.


dicio, imperium.


redigo, pāco.





22

 
Gaul lies crushed and bleeding. Rome rejoices and thanks the
gods.



35.
Hīs rēbus gestis omni Gallia pācāta, tanta hūius

belli ad barbaros opīnio perlāta est uti ab iis nātiōnibus

quae trāns Rhēnum incolerent mitterentur lēgāti ad

Caesarem, qui se obsides datūras, imperāta factūras pollicērentur.

5
Quās lēgātiōnes Caesar, quod in Ītaliam Illyricumque

properābat, inita proxima aestāte ad se reverti

iūssit. Ipse in Carnūtes, Andes Turonēsque, quae cīvitātes

propīnquae hīs locis erant ubi bellum gesserat,

legiōnibus in hībernācula dēductis, in Ītaliam profectus

10
est. Ob eāsque res ex litteris Caesaris dies quīndecim

supplicātio dēcrēta est, quod ante id tempus accidit nūlli.

Chapter 35 Notes

Chapter 35 Exercises





pāco, redigo,
34.


opīnio, fāma,
8.


propero, mātūro,
5.


ineo, incipio.


propīnquus: vīcīnus, fīnitimus, 2.


accido, contingo.










23



C. IULI CAESARIS

DE BELLO GALLICO




 LIBER SECUNDUS.



 B.C. 57; A.U.C. 697.



THE BELGIAN LEAGUE DEFEATED.




Words underlined in gray are cited in the Notes
for other chapters. They are not active links.



1.
Cum esset Caesar in citeriore Gallia in hibernis, ita uti supra
demonstravimus, crebri ad eum rumores adferebantur, litterisque item
Labieni certior fiebat omnes Belgas, quam tertiam esse Galliae partem
dixeramus, contra populum Romanum coniurare obsidesque inter se dare.
Coniurandi has esse causas: primum quod vererentur ne omni pacata Gallia ad
eos exercitus noster adduceretur; deinde quod ab nonnullis Gallis
sollicitarentur,—partim qui, ut Germanos diutius in Gallia versari
noluerant, ita populi Romani exercitum hiemare atque inveterascere in
Gallia moleste ferebant; partim qui mobilitate et levitate animi novis
imperiis studebant; ab nonnullis etiam, quod in Gallia a potentioribus
atque iis qui ad conducendos homines facultates habebant, vulgo
regna occupabantur, qui minus facile eam rem imperio nostro consequi
poterant.


Notes to Chapter 1 (complete)



2.
His nuntiis litterisque commotus Caesar duas legiones in citeriore
Gallia novas conscripsit, et inita aestate in interiorem Galliam qui deduceret
Q. Pedium legatum misit. Ipse, cum primum pabuli copia esse
inciperet,
24
ad exercitum venit. Dat negotium Senonibus reliquisque Gallis, qui
finitimi Belgis erant, uti ea quae apud eos gerantur cognoscant seque de
his rebus certiorem faciant. Hi constanter omnes nuntiaverunt manus
cogi, exercitum in unum locum conduci. Tum vero dubitandum non existimavit
quin ad eos
proficisceretur. Re frumentaria comparata castra movet diebusque
circiter quindecim ad fines Belgarum pervenit.


Notes to Chapter 2 (complete)



3.
Eo cum de improviso celeriusque omni opinione venisset, Remi, qui
proximi Galliae ex Belgis sunt, ad eum legatos Iccium et Andocumborium
primos civitatis miserunt qui dicerent: ‘Se suaque omnia in fidem atque
in potestatem populi Romani permittere, neque se cum Belgis reliquis
consensisse neque contra populum Romanum coniurasse, paratosque esse et
obsides dare et imperata facere et oppidis recipere et frumento
ceterisque rebus iuvare; reliquos omnes Belgas in armis esse,
Germanosque qui cis Rhenum incolant sese cum his coniunxisse, tantumque
esse eorum omnium furorem ut ne Suessiones quidem, fratres
consanguineosque suos, qui eodem iure et isdem legibus utantur, unum
imperium unumque magistratum cum ipsis habeant, deterrere potuerint quin
cum his consentirent.’


Notes to Chapter 3 (complete)



4.
Cum ab his quaereret quae civitates quantaeque in armis essent et
quid in bello
possent, sic reperiebat: plerosque Belgas esse ortos ab Germanis
Rhenumque antiquitus traductos propter loci fertilitatem ibi consedisse
Gallosque qui ea loca incolerent expulisse, solosque esse qui patrum nostrorum
memoria, omni Gallia vexata, Teutonos Cimbrosque intra fines suos
ingredi prohibuerint; qua ex re fieri uti earum rerum memoria magnam
sibi auctoritatem magnosque spiritus in re militari
25
sumerent. De numero eorum omni se habere explorata Remi dicebant,
proptera quod propinquitatibus adfinitatibusque coniuncti, quantam
quisque
multitudinem in communi Belgarum concilio ad id bellum pollicitus
sit cognoverint. Plurimuni inter eos Bellovacos et virtute et auctoritate et hominum
numero valere: hos posse conficere armata milia centum, pollicitos
ex eo numero electa sexaginta, totiusque belli imperium sibi postulare.
Suessiones suos esse finitimos: latissimos feracissimosque agros
possidere. Apud eos fuisse regem nostra etiam memoria Divitiacum, totius
Galliae potentissimum, qui cum magnae partis harum regionum tum etiam
Britanniae imperium obtinuerit: nunc esse regem Galbam; ad hunc
propter iustitiam prudentiamque suam totius belli summam omnium
voluntate deferri: oppida habere numero XII, polliceri milia armata quinquaginta; totidem
Nervios, qui maxime feri inter ipsos habeantur, longissimeque absint;
quindecim milia Atrebates, Ambianos decem milia, Moriuos XXV milia, Menapios VII milia; Caletos X milia; Velocasses et Veromanduos totidem;
Aduatucos decem et novem milia; Condrusos, Eburones, Caeroesos,
Paemanos, qui uno nomine Germani appellantur, arbitrari ad XL milia.


Notes to Chapter 4 (complete)



5.
Caesar Remos cohortatus liberaliterque oratione prosecutus omnem senatum
ad se convenire principumque liberos obsides ad se adduci iussit. Quae
omnia ab his diligenter ad diem facta sunt. Ipse Divitiacum Aeduum
magno opere cohortatus docet quanto opere rei publicae communisque
salutis intersit man us hostium distineri, ne cum tanta multitudine uno
tempore confligendum sit. Id fieri posse, si suas copias Aedui in fines
Bellovacorum introduxeriut et eorum agros populari coeperint.
26
His mandatis eum ab se dimittit. Postquam omnes Belgarum copias in unum
locum coactas ad se venire vidit neque iam longe abesse ab iis quos
miserat exploratoribus et ab Remis cognovit, flumen Axonam, quod est in
extremis Remorum finibus, exercitum traducere maturavit atque ibi castra
posuit. Quae res et latus unum castrorum ripis fluminis muniebat et
post eum quae essent tuta ab hostibus reddebat, et commeatus ab Remis
reliquisque civitatibus ut sine periculo ad eum portari posset
efficiebat. In eo flumine pons erat. Ibi praesidium ponit et in altera
parte fluminis Q. Titurium Sabinum legatum cum sex cohortibus
relinquit. Castra in altitudinem pedum XII vallo fossaque duodeviginti pedum munire iubet.


Notes to Chapter 5 (complete)



6.
Ab his castris oppidum Remorum nomine Bibrax aberat milia passuum octo.
Id ex itinere magno impetu Belgae oppugnare coeperunt. Aegre eo die
sustentatum est. Gallorum eadem atque Belgarum oppugnatio est haec. Ubi
circumiecta multitudine hominum totis moenibus undique in murum lapides iaci
coepti sunt, murusque defensoribus nudatus est, testudine facta portas
succedunt murumque subruunt. Quod tum facile fiebat. Nam cum tanta
multitudo lapides ac tela conicerent, in muro consistendi potestas
erat nulli.
Cum finem oppugnandi nox fecisset, Iccius Remus, summa nobilitate et
gratia inter suos, qui tum oppido praefuerat, unus ex iis qui legati de pace
ad Caesarem venerant, nuntium ad eum mittit: nisi subsidium sibi
submittatur, sese diutius sustinere non posse.


Notes to Chapter 6 (complete)



7.
Eo de media nocte Caesar isdem ducibus usus qui nuntii ab Iccio
venerant, Numidas et Cretas sagittarios et funditores Baleares subsidio oppidanis
mittit; quorum
27
adventu et Remis cum spe defensionis studium propugnandi accessit, et
hostibus eadem de causa spes potiundi oppidi discessit. Itaque paulisper
apud oppidum morati agrosque Remorum depopulati, omnibus vicis
aedificiisque quos adire potuerant incensis, ad castra Caesaris omnibus
copiis contenderunt et ab milibus passuum minus duobus castra posuerunt;
quae castra, ut fumo atque ignibus significabatur, amplius milibus
passuum octo in latitudinem patebant.


Notes to Chapter 7 (complete)



8.
Caesar primo et propter multitudinem hostium et propter eximiam
opinionem virtutis proelio supersedere statuit; cotidie tamen
equestribus proeliis quid hostis virtute posset et quid nostri auderent
periclitabatur. Ubi nostros non esse inferiores intellexit, loco pro
castris ad aciem instruendam natura opportuno atque idoneo—quod is
collis, ubi castra posita erant, paululum ex planitie editus tantum
adversus in latitudinem patebat quantum loci acies instructa occupare
poterat, atque ex utraque parte lateris deiectus habebat et in
frontem leniter fastigatus paulatim ad planitiem redibat—ab
utroque latere eius collis transversam fossam obduxit circiter passuum
quadringentorum et ad extremas fossas castella constituit ibique
tormenta conlocavit, ne, cum aciem instruxisset, hostes, quod
tantum multitudine poterant, ab lateribus pugnantes suos circumvenire
possent. Hoc facto duabus legionibus quas proxime conscripserat in
castris relictis, ut, si quo opus esset, subsidio duci possent, reliquas
sex legiones pro castris in acie constituit. Hostes item suas copias ex
castris eductas instruxerant.


Notes to Chapter 8 (complete)



9.
Palus erat non magna inter nostrum atque hostium exercitum. Hanc si
nostri transirent hostes exspectabant;
28
nostri autem, si ab illis initium transeundi fieret, ut impeditos
adgrederentur, parati in armis erant. Interim proelio equestri inter
duas acies contendebatur. Ubi neutri transeundi initium faciunt,
secundiore equitum proelio nostris Caesar suos in castra reduxit. Hostes
protinus ex eo loco ad flumen Axonam contenderunt, quod esse post nostra
castra demonstratum est. Ibi vadis repertis partem suarum copiarum
traducere conati sunt eo consilio, ut, si possent, castellum cui
praeerat Q. Titurius legatus expugnarent pontemque interscinderent;
si minus potuissent, agros Remorum popularentur, qui magno nobis usui ad
bellum gerendum erant, commeatuque nostros prohiberent.


Notes to Chapter 9 (complete)



10.
Caesar certior factus ab Titurio omnem equitatum et levis armaturae
Numidas, funditores sagittariosque pontem traducit atque ad eos
contendit. Acriter in eo loco pugnatum est. Hostes impeditos nostri
in flumine adgressi magnum eorum numerum occiderunt: per eorum corpora
reliquos audacissime transire conantes multitudine telorum reppulerunt;
primos qui transierant equitatu circumventos interfecerunt. Hostes, ubi
et de expugnando oppido et de flumine transeundo spem se
fefellisse intellexerunt neque nostros in locum iniquiorem progredi
pugnandi causa viderunt, atque ipsos res frumentaria deficere coepit,
concilio convocato constituerunt optimum esse domum suam quemque
reverti, et, quorum in fines primum Romani exercitum
introduxissent, ad eos defendendos undique convenirent, ut potius in
suis quam in alienis finibus decertarent et domesticis copiis rei
frumentariae uterentur. Ad eam sententiam cum reliquis causis haec
quoque ratio eos deduxit, quod Divitiacum atque Aeduos finibus
Bellovacorum adpropinquare
29
cognoverant. His persuaderi ut diutis morarentur neque suis
auxilium ferrent non poterat.


Notes to Chapter 10 (complete)



11.
Ea re constituta, secunda vigilia magno cum strepitu ac tumultu castris
egressi, nullo certo ordine neque imperio, cum sibi quisque primum
itineris locum peteret et domum pervenire properaret, fecerunt ut
consimilis fugae profectio videretur. Hac re statim Caesar per
speculatores cognita insidias veritus, quod qua de causa discederent
nondum perspexerat, exercitum equitatumque castris continuit. Prima luce
confirmata re ab exploratoribus omnem equitatum qui novissimum agmen moraretur
praemisit. His Q. Pedium et L. Aurunculeium Cottam legatos
praefecit; T. Labienum legatum cum legionibus tribus subsequi
iussit. Hi novissimos adorti et multa milia passuum prosecuti
magnam multitudinem eorum fugientium conciderunt, cum ab extremo agmine
ad quos ventum erat consisterent fortiterque impetum nostrorum militum
sustinerent; priores, quod abesse a periculo viderentur neque ulla
necessitate neque imperio continerentur, exaudito clamore perturbatis
ordinibus omnes in fuga sibi praesidium ponerent. Ita sine ullo periculo
tantam eorum multitudinem nostri interfecerunt quantum fuit diei
spatium, sub occasumque solis destiterunt, seque in castra, ut erat
imperatum, receperunt.


Notes to Chapter 11 (complete)



12.
Postridie eius diei Caesar, priusquam se hostes ex terrore ac fuga
reciperent, in fines Suessionum, qui proximi Remis erant, exercitum
duxit et magno itinere confecto ad oppidum Noviodunum contendit.
Id ex itinere oppugnare conatus, quod vacuum ab defensoribus esse
audiebat, propter latitudinem fossae murique altitudinem paucis
defendentibus expugnare non potuit.
30
Castris munitis vineas agere quaeque ad oppugnandum usui erant comparare
coepit. Interim omnis ex fuga Suessionum multitudo in oppidum proxima
nocte convenit. Celeriter vineis ad oppidum actis, aggere iacto
turribusque constitutis, magnitudine operum, quae neque viderant ante
Galli neque audierant, et celeritate Romanorum permoti, legatos ad
Caesarem de deditione mittunt et petentibus Remis ut conservarentur
impetrant.


Notes to Chapter 12 (complete)



13.
Caesar obsidibus acceptis primis civitatis atque ipsius Galbae regis
duobus filiis, armisque omnibus ex oppido traditis, in deditionem
Suessiones accepit exercitumque in Bellovacos ducit. Qui cum se suaque
omnia in oppidum Bratuspantium contulissent, atque ab eo oppido
Caesar cum exercitu circiter milia passuum quinque abesset, omnes
maiores natu ex oppido egressi manus ad Caesarem tendere et voce
significare coeperunt sese in eius fidem ac potestatem venire neque
contra populum Romanum armis contendere. Item, cum ad oppidum
accessisset castraque ibi poneret, pueri mulieresque ex muro passis
manibus suo more pacem ab Romanis petierunt.


Notes to Chapter 13 (complete)



14.
Pro his Divitiacus—nam post discessum Belgarum dimissis Aeduorum
copiis ad eum reverterat—facit verba: Bellovacos omni tempore in
fide atque amicitia civitatis Aeduae fuisse: impulsos a suis
principibus, qui dicerent Aeduos ab Caesare in servitutem redactos omnes
indignitates contumeliasque perferre, et ab Aeduis defecisse et populo
Romano bellum intulisse. Qui eius consili principes fuissent, quod
intellegerent quantam calamitatem civitati intulissent, in Britanniam
profugisse. Petere non solum Bellovacos sed etiam pro his Aeduos ut sua
clementia ac mansuetudine in eos utatur. Quod si fecerit, Aeduorum
auctoritatem apud omnes
31
Belgas amplificaturum, quorum auxiliis atque opibus, si qua bella
inciderint, sustentare consuerint.


Notes to Chapter 14 (complete)



15.
Caesar honoris Divitiaci atque Aeduorum causa sese eos in fidem
recepturum et conservaturum dixit; quod erat civitas magna inter Belgas
auctoritate atque hominum multitudine praestabat, sexcentos obsides
poposcit. His traditis omnibusque armis ex oppido conlatis, ab eo loco
in fines Ambianorum pervenit, qui se suaque omnia sine mora
dediderunt. Eorum fines Nervii attingebant; quorum de natura moribusque
Caesar cum quaereret, sic reperiebat: Nullum aditum esse ad eos
mercatoribus; nihil pati vini reliquarumque rerum inferri, quod iis
rebus relanguescere animos eorum et remitti virtutem existimarent:
esse homines feros magnaeque virtutis; increpitare atque incusare
reliquos Belgas qui se populo Romano dedidissent patriamque virtutem
proiecissent; confirmare sese neque legatos missuros neque ullam
condicionem pacis accepturos.


Notes to Chapter 15 (complete)



16.
Cum per eorum fines triduum iter fecisset, inveniebat ex captivis Sabim
flumen ab castris suis non amplius milia passuum X abesse: trans id flumen omnes Nervios consedisse
adventumque ibi Romanorum exspectare una cum Atrebatis et Veromanduis
finitimis suis, nam his utrisque persuaserant uti eandem belli fortunam
experirentur; exspectari etiam ab his Aduatucorum copias atque esse in
itinere; mulieres quique per aetatem ad pugnam inutiles viderentur in
eum locum coniecisse, quo propter paludes exercitui aditus non esset.


Notes to Chapter 16 (complete)



17.
His rebus cognitis exploratores centurionesque praemittit qui locum idoneum
castris deligant. Cum ex dediticiis Belgis reliquisque Gallis
complures Caesarem secuti una iter facerent, quidam ex his, ut postea ex
32
captivis cognitum est, eorum dierum consuetudine itineris nostri
exercitus perspecta, nocte ad Nervios pervenerunt atque his
demonstrarunt inter singulas legiones impedimentorum magnum numerum
intercedere, neque esse quicquam negoti, cum prima legio in castra
venisset, reliquaeque legiones magnum spatium abessent, hanc sub
sarcinis adoriri; qua pulsa impedimentisque direptis futurum ut reliquae
contra consistere non auderent. Adiuvabat etiam eorum consilium qui rem
deferebant, quod Nervii antiquitus, cum equitatu nihil possent (neque
enim ad hoc tempus ei rei student, sed quicquid possunt, pedestribus
valent copiis) quo facilius finitimorum equitatum, si praedandi causa ad
eos venissent, impedirent, teneris arboribus incisis atque inflexis,
crebrisque in latitudinem ramis enatis, et rubis sentibusque
interiectis, effecerant ut instar muri hae saepes munimenta praeberent,
quo non modo non intrari sed ne perspici quidem posset. His rebus
cum iter agminis nostri impediretur, non omittendum sibi consilium
Nervii existimaverunt.


Notes to Chapter 17 (complete)



18.
Loci natura erat haec, quem locum nostri castris delegerant. Collis ab
summo aequaliter declivis ad flumen Sabim, quod supra nominavimus,
vergebat. Ab eo flumine pari adclivitate collis nascebatur adversus
huic et contrarius, passus circiter ducentos infimus apertus, ab
superiore parte silvestris ut non facile introrsus perspici posset.
Intra eas silvas hostes in occulto sese continebant; in aperto loco
secundum flumen paucae stationes equitum videbantur. Fluminis erat
altitudo pedum circiter trium.


Notes to Chapter 18 (complete)



19.
Caesar equitatu praemisso subsequebatur omnibus copiis; sed ratio
ordoque agminis aliter se habebat ac
33
Belgae ad Nervios detulerant. Nam quod ad hostes adpropinquabat,
consuetudine sua Caesar sex legiones expeditas ducebat; post eas totius
exercitus impedimenta conlocarat; inde duae legiones quae proxime
conscriptae erant totum agmen claudebant praesidioque impedimentis
erant. Equites nostri, cum funditoribus sagittariisque flumen
transgressi, cum hostium equitatu proelium commiserunt. Cum se illi
identidem in silvas ad suos reciperent ac rursus ex silva in nostros
impetum facerent, neque nostri longius quam quem ad finem porrecta loca
aperta pertinebant cedentes insequi auderent, interim legiones sex, quae
primae venerant, opere dimenso castra munire coeperunt. Ubi prima
impedimenta nostri exercitus ab iis qui in silvis abditi latebant visa
sunt, quod tempus inter eos committendi proeli convenerat, ut intra
silvas aciem ordinesque constituerant atque ipsi sese confirmaverant,
subito omnibus copiis provolaverunt impetumque in nostros equites
fecerunt. His facile pulsis ac proturbatis, incredibili celeritate ad
flumen decucurrerunt, ut paene uno tempore et ad silvas et in flumine et
iam in manibus nostris hostes viderentur. Eadem autem celeritate adverso
colle ad nostra castra atque eos qui in opere occupati erant
contenderunt.


Notes to Chapter 19 (complete)



20.
Caesari omnia uno tempore erant agenda: vexillum proponendum, quod erat
insigne cum ad arma concurri oporteret, signum tuba dandum, ab opere
revocandi milites, qui paulo longius aggeris petendi causa processerant
arcessendi, acies instruenda, milites cohortandi, signum dandum. Quarum
rerum magnam partem temporis brevitas et successus hostium impediebat.
His difficultatibus duae res erant subsidio—scientia atque usus
militum, quod superioribus proeliis exercitati, quid
34
fieri oporteret non minus commode ipsi sibi praescribere quam ab aliis
doceri poterant; et quod ab opere singulisque legionibus singulos
legatos Caesar discedere nisi munitis castris vetuerat. Hi propter
propinquitatem et celeritatem hostium nihil iam Caesaris imperium
exspectabant, sed per se quae videbantur administrabant.


Notes to Chapter 20 (complete)



21.
Caesar necessariis rebus imperatis ad cohortandos milites quam in partem
fors obtulit decucurrit et ad legionem decimam devenit. Milites non
longiore oratione cohortatus quam uti suae pristinae virtutis memoriam
retinerent neu perturbarentur animo hostiumque impetum fortiter
sustinerent, quod non longius hostes aberant quam quo telum adici
posset, proeli committendi signum dedit. Atque in alteram partem item
cohortandi causa profectus pugnantibus occurrit. Temporis tanta fuit
exiguitas hostiumque tam paratus ad dimicandum animus, ut non modo ad
insignia adcommodanda, sed etiam ad galeas induendas scutisque tegimenta
detrudenda tempus defuerit. Quam quisque ab opere in partem casu devenit
quaeque prima signa conspexit, ad haec constitit, ne in quaerendis suis
pugnandi tempus dimitteret.


Notes to Chapter 21 (complete)



22.
Instructo exercitu magis ut loci natura deiectusque collis et necessitas
temporis quam ut rei militaris ratio atque ordo postulabat, cum diversis
legionibus aliae alia in parte hostibus resisterent, saepibusque
densissimis, ut ante demonstravimus, interiectis prospectus impediretur,
neque certa subsidia conlocari, neque quid in quaque parte opus esset
provideri, neque ab uno omnia imperia administrari poterant. Itaque in
tanta rerum iniquitate, fortunae quoque eventus varii sequebantur.


Notes to Chapter 22 (complete)


35

23.
Legionis nonae et decimae milites, ut in sinistra parte acie
constiterant, pilis emissis, cursu ac lassitudine exanimatos
vulneribusque confectos Atrebates—nam his ea pars
obvenerat—celeriter ex loco superiore in flumen compulerunt et
transire conantes insecuti gladiis magnam partem eorum impeditam
interfecerunt. Ipsi transire flumen non dubitaverunt, et in locum
iniquum progressi, rursus resistentes hostes redintegrato proelio in
fugam coniecerunt. Item alia in parte diversae duae legiones, undecima
et octava, profligatis Veromanduis, quibuscum erant congressi, ex loco
superiore in ipsis fluminis ripis proeliabantur. At totis fere a
fronte et ab sinistra parte nudatis castris, cum in dextro
cornu legio duodecima et non magno ab ea intervallo septima
constitisset, omnes Nervii confertissimo agmine duce Boduognato qui
summam imperi tenebat, ad eum locum contenderunt; quorum pars aperto
latere legiones circumvenire, pars summum castrorum locum petere coepit.


Notes to Chapter 23 (complete)



24.
Eodem tempore equites nostri levisque armaturae pedites, qui cum iis una
fuerant, quos primo hostium impetu pulsos dixeram, cum se in castra
reciperent, adversis hostibus occurrebant ac rursus aliam in partem
fugam petebant; et calones, qui ab decumana porta ac summo iugo
collis nostros victores flumen transisse conspexerant, praedandi causa
egressi, cum respexissent et hostes in nostris castris versari
vidissent, praecipites fugae sese mandabant. Simul eorum qui cum
impedimentis veniebant clamor fremitusque oriebatur, aliique aliam in
partem perterriti ferebantur. Quibus omnibus rebus permoti equites
Treveri, quorum inter Gallos virtutis opinio est singularis, qui auxili
causa ab civitate ad Caesarem missi venerant, cum multitudine hostium
36
castra compleri, legiones premi et paene circumventas teneri, calones,
equites, funditores, Numidas, diversos dissipatosque in omnes partes
fugere vidissent, desperatis nostris rebus domum contenderunt; Romanos
pulsos superatosque, castris impedimentisque eorum hostes potitos
civitati renuntiaverunt.


Notes to Chapter 24 (complete)



25.
Caesar ab decimae legionis cohortatione ad dextrum cornu profectus, ubi
suos urgeri signisque in unum locum conlatis duodecimae legionis
confertos milites sibi ipsos ad pugnam esse impedimento
vidit—quartae cohortis omnibus centurionibus occisis signiferoque
interfecto, signo amisso, reliquarum cohortium omnibus fere
centurionibus aut vulneratis aut occisis, in his primipilo
P. Sextio Baculo, fortissimo viro, multis gravibusque vulneribus
confecto ut iam se sustinere non posset, reliquos esse tardiores, et
nonnullos ab novissimis deserto proelio excedere ac tela vitare, hostes
neque a fronte ex inferiore loco subeuntes intermittere et ab
utroque latere instare, et rem esse in angusto vidit, neque ullum esse
subsidium quod submitti posset—scuto ab novissimis uni militi
detracto, quod ipse eo sine scuto venerat, in primam aciem processit
centurionibusque nominatim appellatis reliquos cohortatus milites signa
inferre et manipulos laxare iussit, quo facilius gladiis uti possent.
Cuius adventu spe inlata militibus ac redintegrato animo, cum pro se
quisque in conspectu imperatoris etiam in extremis suis rebus operam
navare cuperet, paulum hostium impetus tardatus est.


Notes to Chapter 25 (complete)



26.
Caesar cum septimam legionem, quae iuxta constiterat, item urgeri ab
hoste vidisset, tribunes militum monuit ut paulatim sese legiones
coniungerent et conversa signa in hostes inferrent. Quo facto, cum alius
37
alii subsidium ferret, neque timerent ne aversi ab hoste
circumvenirentur, audacius resistere ac fortius pugnare coeperunt.
Interim milites legionum duarum, quae in novissimo agmine praesidio
impedimentis fuerant, proelio nuntiato cursu incitato in summo colle ab
hostibus conspiciebantur; et T. Labienus castris hostium
potitus et ex loco superiore quae res in nostris castris gererentur
conspicatus decimam legionem subsidio nostris misit. Qui cum ex equitum
et calonum fuga, quo in loco res esset, quantoque in periculo et castra
et legiones et imperator versaretur, cognovissent, nihil ad celeritatem
sibi reliqui fecerunt.


Notes to Chapter 26 (complete)



27.
Horum adventu tanta rerum commutatio est facta ut nostri, etiam qui
vulneribus confecti procubuissent, scutis innixi proelium
redintegrarent; tum calones perterritos hostes conspicati etiam inermes
armatis occurrerent; equites vero, ut turpitudinem fugae virtute
delerent, omnibus in locis pugnae se legionariis militibus praeferrent.
At hostes etiam in extrema spe salutis tantam virtutem praestiterunt ut,
cum primi eorum cecidissent, proximi iacentibus insisterent
atque ex eorum corporibus pugnarent; his deiectis et coacervatis
cadaveribus, qui superessent ut ex tumulo tela in nostros
conicerent et pila intercepta remitterent: ut non nequiquam tantae
virtutis homines indicari deberet ausos esse transire latissimum flumen,
ascendere altissimas ripas, subire iniquissimum locum; quae facilia ex
difficillimis animi magnitudo redegerat.


Notes to Chapter 27 (complete)



28.
Hoc proelio facto et prope ad internecionem gente ac nomine Nerviorum
redacto maiores natu, quos una cum pueris mulieribusque in aestuaria ac
paludes coniectos dixeramus, hac pugna nuntiata, cum victoribus nihil
38
impeditum, victis nihil tutum arbitrarentur, omnium qui supererant
consensu legatos ad Caesarem miserunt seque ei dediderunt; et in
commemoranda civitatis calamitate ex sexcentis ad tres senatores, ex
hominum milibus LX vix ad quingentos
qui arma ferre possent sese redactos esse dixerunt. Quos Caesar, ut in
miseros ac supplices usus misericordia videretur, diligentissime
conservavit suisque finibus atque oppidis uti iussit, et finitimis
imperavit ut ab iniuria et maleficio se suosque prohiberent.


Notes to Chapter 28 (complete)



29.
Aduatuci, de quibus supra scripsimus, cum omnibus copiis auxilio Nerviis
venirent, hac pugna nuntiata ex itinere domum reverterunt; cunctis
oppidis castellisque desertis sua omnia in unum oppidum egregie natura
munitum contulerunt. Quod cum ex omnibus in circuitu partibus altissimas
rapes despectusque haberet, una ex parte leniter adclivis aditus in
latitudinem non amplius ducentorum pedum relinquebatur; quem locum
duplici altissimo muro munierant, tum magni ponderis saxa et
praeacutas trabes in muro conlocabant. Ipsi erant ex Cimbris
Teutonisque prognati, qui, cum iter in provinciam nostram atque Italiam
facerent, iis impedimentis, quae secum agere ac portare non poterant,
citra flumen Rhenum depositis custodiam ex suis ac praesidium sex milia
hominum una reliquerunt. Hi post eorum obitum multos annos a finitimis
exagitati, cum alias bellum inferrent, alias inlatum defenderent,
consensu eorum omnium pace facta hunc sibi domicilio locum delegerunt.


Notes to Chapter 29 (complete)



30.
Ac primo adventu exercitus nostri crebras ex oppido excursiones
faciebant parvulisque proeliis cum nostris contendebant; postea vallo
pedum XII in circuitu XV milium crebrisque castellis circummuniti oppido
sese continebant. Ubi vineis actis aggere exstructo turrim
39
procul constitui viderunt, primum inridere ex muro atque increpitare
vocibus, quod tanta machinatio ab tanto spatio instrueretur: quibusnam
manibus aut quibus viribus praesertim homines tantulae
staturae—nam plerumque hominibus Gallis prae magnitudine corporum
suorum brevitas nostra contemptui est—tanti oneris turrim in
muro sese conlocare confiderent?


Notes to Chapter 30 (complete)



31.
Ubi vero moveri et adpropinquare moenibus viderunt, nova atque inusitata
specie commoti legates ad Caesarem de pace miserunt, qui ad hunc
modum locuti: ‘Non existimare Romanos sine ope divina bellum gerere, qui
tantae altitudinis machinationes tanta celeritate promovere possent; se
suaque omnia eorum potestati permittere’ dixerunt. ‘Unum petere ac
deprecari: si forte pro sua clementia ac mansuetudine, quam ipsi ab
aliis audirent, statuisset Aduatucos esse conservandos, ne se armis
despoliaret. Sibi omnes fere finitimos esse inimicos ac suae virtuti
invidere; a quibus se defendere traditis armis non possent. Sibi
praestare, si in eum casum deducerentur, quamvis fortunam a populo
Romano pati, quam ab his per cruciatum interfici, inter quos dominari
consuessent.’


Notes to Chapter 31 (complete)



32.
Ad haec Caesar respondit: ‘Se magis consuetudine sua quam merito eorum
civitatem conservaturum, si prius quam murum aries attigisset se
dedidissent; sed deditionis nullam esse condicionem nisi armis traditis.
Se id quod in Nerviis fecisset facturum finitimisque imperaturum,
ne quam
dediticiis populi Romani iniuriam inferrent.’ Re nuntiata ad suos,
quae imperarentur facere dixerunt. Armorum magna multitudine de muro in
fossam quae erat ante oppidum iacta sic ut prope summam muri aggerisque
altitudinem acervi armorum
40
adaequarent, et tamen circiter parte tertia, ut postea perspectum est,
celata atque in oppido retenta, portis patefactis eo die pace sunt usi.




33.
Sub vesperum Caesar portas claudi militesque ex oppido exire
iussit, ne quam noctu oppidani ab militibus iniuriam acciperent. Illi
ante inito, ut intellectum est, consilio, quod deditione facta nostros
praesidia deducturos aut denique indiligentius servaturos
crediderant—partim cum iis quae retinuerant et celaverant armis,
partim scutis ex cortice factis aut viminibus intextis, quae subito, ut
temporis exiguitas postulabat, pellibus induxerant—tertia vigilia,
qua minime arduus ad nostras munitiones ascensus videbatur, omnibus
copiis repentino ex oppido eruptionem fecerunt. Celeriter, ut ante
Caesar imperarat, ignibus significatione facta ex proximis castellis eo
concursum est, pugnatumque ab hostibus ita acriter est ut a viris
fortibus in extrema spe salutis iniquo loco contra eos qui ex vallo
turribusque tela iacerent pugnari debuit, cum in una virtute omnis spes
salutis consisteret. Occisis ad hominum milibus quattuor reliqui in
oppidum reiecti sunt. Postridie eius diei refractis portis, cum iam
defenderet nemo, atque intromissis militibus nostris sectionem
eius oppidi universam Caesar vendidit. Ab iis qui emerant capitum
numerus ad eum relatus est milium quinquaginta trium.


Notes to Chapter 33 (complete)



34.
Eodem tempore a P. Crasso, quem cum legione una miserat ad Venetos,
Unellos, Osismos, Curiosolitas, Esuvios, Aulercos, Redones, quae sunt
maritimae civitates Oceanumque attingunt, certior factus est omnes eas
civitates in dicionem potestatemque populi Romani esse redactas.



41

35.
His rebus gestis omni Gallia pacata, tanta huius belli ad barbaros
opinio perlata est uti ab iis nationibus, quae trans Rhenum incolerent
mitterentur legati ad Caesarem, qui se obsides daturas, imperata
facturas pollicerentur. Quas legationes Caesar, quod in Italiam
Illyricumque properabat, inita proxima aestate ad se reverti iussit.
Ipse in Carnutes, Andes Turonesque, quae civitates propinquae his locis
erant ubi bellum gesserat, legionibus in hibernacula deductis, in
Italiam profectus est. Ob easque res ex litteris Caesaris dies quindecim
supplicatio decreta est, quod ante id tempus accidit nulli.






42


43


 NOTES.




----




Introductory Note.—To
translate Latin into English is to express the meaning of the Latin in
English words and in English idiom. But the meaning must be discovered
before it can be expressed. Discovering the sense is, therefore,
a process preparatory to translation, but yet measurably distinct
from it. For discovering the meaning, the golden rule is, Take words
and clauses in the order in which they stand. If the first chapter
of this book were rendered into English words exactly in the Latin
order, the thought would be readily apprehended by any one quite
unacquainted with Latin. Such a word for word rendering, mental or oral,
is for the beginner a necessary preliminary to translation, but,
I repeat, must not be confounded with translation. For that, the
golden rule is, Express the thought in pure English, without
admixture of Latin idiom.






Notes under the heading Chap. refer
to the simplified text; those that follow, under the heading Page, supplement the former and refer to the
unchanged text. The grammatical references are to the Latin Grammars of
Allen & Greenough and Harkness.




In the printed text, the word “line” recurs at the beginning of each
page. For this e-text, it is repeated at the beginning of each chapter
instead. Cross-references to other chapters of the complete text lead to
the exact word or phrase cited; other links lead to the beginning of the
chapter (“Simplified” text) or Note section.






 
Chap. 1,




line 2. certior fīēbat: he was made more certain = he
was informed.




fīēbat: the passive of facio. Review the forms. 142; H.
294.



  4. Coniūrandi: pronounce the i of the second
syllable like y.



  5. verēbantur: the subject is Belgae,
understood; supply the same subject for sollicitābantur.




ad se: refers to the subject of verēbantur.



  6. Germānos: subject-accusative of versāri;
that the Germans should remain.



  8. exercitum: subject-accusative of hiemāre and
inveterāscere.




inveterāscere: get a foothold; but what is its primary
meaning from its derivation?


44

10. imperiis: 227 e, 3; H. 385.



11. iis: supply mentally ab before it.



13. qui: and these, referring to potentiōres,
etc.




eam rem: read again the preceding sentence, and you will see to
what eam rem refers.




imperio nostro: under our (i.e. Roman) rule. The
ablative implies condition, and the meaning is, if we should get the
sovereignty. 255, d, 4; H. 431, 2, (3).




Page 23,



  1. ita uti: as.



  3. Labiēni: Cæsar’s lieutenant was now in the country
of the Sequani. See a map of Gallia.



  4. quam: whose country. We might expect
quos referring to Belgas, but the relative is made to
agree with the predicate noun partem.



  6. has esse causas: depending on rūmōres
adferēbantur, like Belgas ... coniūrāre and obsides ...
dare. 272; H.



  7. omni ... Gallia: all except their country.




pācāta: the Romans, with cruel humor, called a country “pacified”
when they had enslaved it.



  8. partim qui: some of whom.



  9. ut ... ita: as ... so.



11. partim qui: others of whom.



12. ab nōnnūllis etiam: these, then, are the third class by
whom it is said, Belgae sollicitābantur: first, the conservative
and patriotic; second, the restless and dissatisfied; third, the selfish
and ambitious.




 
Chap. 2,




line 2. interiōrem Galliam: the interior of Gaul; that is,
Gaul beyond the Alps. Refer constantly to a map.



  3. qui ... dēdūceret: qui refers to Q.
Pedium, and the clause qui ... dēdūceret denotes purpose,
to lead.



  4. Ipse: supply Caesar.



  6. Ea = eas res, as shown by rēbus
following.



  8. manus cōgi: that parties of men were
gathering. The construction is the same as Belgas ...
coniūrāre, in chap. 1.



  9. condūci: was mustering; a very different
meaning in chap. 1.




quīn ... proficīscerētur: to march. What literally?


45


Page 23,



18. inita aestāte: when summer had begun = at the
beginning of summer; marks the time of dēdūceret, not of
mīsit.



Page 24,



  1. Dat negōtium: he charges. What literally?



  2. uti (same as ut) ... cōgnōscant: to
find out; the clause depends on dat negōtium.



  3. se: refers to Caesar.




certiōrem faciant: compare the passive form in chap. 1.



  5. dubitandum: in full the sentence would be, Caesar
dubitandum esse sibi nōn exīstimāvit; and the word for word
rendering, Cæsar did not think an-obligation-of-hesitating to be to
himself. Translate, he ought to hesitate.




 
Chap. 3,




line 1. Eo: that is, ad fīnes Belgārum. See the end of
chap. 2.



  3. se ... permittere: here se is the
subject-accusative of permittere.




in fidem: to the protection.



  6. Caesaris imperāta facere: to do what Cæsar
required. Literally what?



  7. oppidis recipere: in meaning = in oppida
recipere.




cēteris: not other, but all other. Their submission
is abject.



  9. sēse: not different from se.



10. Suessiōnes: the object of dēterrēre.



12. iūre: constitution.




īsdem: oftener written iīsdem, 101, c.




Page 24,



  9. omni opīniōne: than any one could expect.
247, b; H. 417.



10. ex Belgis = Belgārum, or inter Belgas.



12. qui dīcerent: compare qui dēdūceret, p. 23, l. 19, and note on simplified text.




se: the object (with sua omnia = their all) of
permittere. Another se must be mentally supplied as the
subject of permittere.



18. incolant: why not incolunt, for it must be
translated as if it were incolunt? Because the clause qui ...
incolant depends on the clause Germānos ... coniūnxisse.
46
It is therefore a dependent clause of indirect discourse, and as
such must have the subjunctive. Thoroughly master this, the most
important principle of Latin syntax. Mark how the descriptive clause,
qui ... incolant, is framed into the main clause.




line 19. furōrem: the politic or cowardly Remi considered
the love of liberty and independence of their brother Belgæ blind
passion.



20. qui ... ūtantur: though they ... enjoyed.
qui, then, must sometimes be rendered though he, though
they, etc., but only when the subjunctive follows.



21. ūtantur: supply immediately following atque.



22. ipsis: refers to Rēmi.



23. quīn ... cōnsentīrent: from ... uniting. Compare
quīn ... proficīscerētur, p. 24,
l. 6, and note on simplified text.




 
Chap. 4,




line 1. quantae: refers to extent of country and population.



in armis essent: connect with quae cīvitātes: what
states were in arms, and how powerful they were.



  2. quid in bello possent: a literal translation,
what they could (do) in war, does not convey the meaning.
Render, what force they could bring into the field.



  4. ibi: cis Rhēnum.



  6. ex re: equivalent to ex causa.



  7. fīēbat: it was coming about. The Remi said,
in direct discourse, fit; and below, sūmant.




spīritus: means in the singular air, and is here used just
as we use “airs,” in the phrase “to put on airs.”



  8. omnia ... explōrāta: full information.



  9. Quantam quisque: notice the order. Quisque
likes to stand after quantus, quotus, se, and
suus; here it means each nation.



11. Plūrimum ... valēbant: about equivalent to plūrimum
poterant, had the most power.



18. cum ... tum: not only ... but also.



19. Britanniae: “the first mention of Britain by a Roman
author.”


47


Page 24,



27. propter fertilitātem: to be connected with
cōnsēdisse.



28. incolerent: why not incolēbant? See note on p. 24, l. 18, qui ...
incolant.



29. memoria: within the memory; but two lines below,
because of the memory.



Page 25,



10. nostra etiam memoria: compare patrum nostrōrum
memoria, p. 24, l. 29.



13. obtinuerit: held, not obtained, which is
usually expressed by adsecūtus est, cōnsecūtus est, or
adeptus est.



15. omnium voluntāte: with the assent of all.



23. arbitrāri: that is, Rēmos arbitrāri.




 
Chap. 5,




line 2. obsides: as hostages, in apposition with
līberos. What would have been the fate of these, if the
chieftains had broken their pledges?



  4. Rēi pūblicae interest: it concerns the
(Roman) republic. The real subject of interest,
represented in English by it, is manus hostium
distinēri.




manus: the subject-accusative of distinēri, to be kept
from uniting.



  6. ne ... cōnflīgendum sit: that it may not be
necessary to fight.



  7. intrōdūxerint: the Roman way of speaking is: this
can be done, if that shall be done, or shall have been done;
hence the future perfect. But mark that such a future or future perfect
is often best rendered by a present.



  9. coāctas ... venīre: having been assembled ... to
be coming = had assembled ... and were coming.



10. vīdit = intellēxit.




neque iam = et iam nōn.




iis: take with explōrātōribus.



13. quae res: that is, his crossing the river and fixing his
camp there.



14. post eum quae essent = ea quae post eum essent,
his rear. What should you expect in place of eum?




tūta: goes with the whole expression, post eum quae
essent.


48

16. portāri: to be brought down the river to him.



19. in altitūdinem: to the height.



20. duodēvīginti pedum: that is, in lātitūdinem, in
width.




Page 25,



24. līberāliterque ōrātiōne prōsecūtus: līberāliter means
in a generous or kindly manner; ōrātiōne indicates in what
sense prōsecūtus is to be taken, accompanying with words;
finally, prōsequor has its common meaning of accompany,
but with the meaning unusually applied: Cæsar had encouraged the Remi,
and he accompanies the encouragement with kind words. Translate,
Cæsar encouraging the Remi and adding kind words.



29. commūnis salūtis: by the common interests Cæsar
means those of the Ædui and the Romans.



30. cōnflīgendum sit: compare dubitandum (esse)
p. 24, l. 5, and read the note. Here, as there, sibi, referring to Cæsar
and the Ædui, must be mentally supplied, showing for whom the duty or
necessity of action (hesitating, fighting) exists.



31. Id fieri posse: depends upon docet. To what does
id refer?



Page 26,



  1. Postquam ... vīdit ... cōgnōvit, ... mātūrāvit:
when he saw ... and found out, (then) ... he hastened.



  3. neque ... cōgnōvit: and from those scouts,
etc., found out that they (the Belgæ) were now not far
distant.



  8. et connects reddēbat and efficiēbat,
which have the same subject, quae res. The order makes this
sentence difficult. Cæsar might have written: et efficiēbat ut
commeātus ab Rēmis reliquīsque cīvitātibus sine perīculo ad eum portāri
posset. The order is so perplexed and perplexing because Cæsar wrote
in haste, and because he began with the word which was uppermost in his
mind, commeātus.




 
Chap. 6,




line 2. ex itinere: immediately after their march.



  3. sustentātum est: the Remi held out. What
literally?


49

  4. Gallōrum ... oppūgnātio: the mode of attacking
towns common to the Gauls and Belgæ.



  5. tōtis moenibus: dative, though by some thought to be
an ablative, all around the walls. 228; H. 386, 2.



  7. testūdine facta: forming a testudo. What the
soldiers did was to lap their shields over their heads.



  8. cum: since. What mode follows cum in
this sense?



11. nūntium ... mittit: one of the expressions that are
followed by the accusative and infinitive; here, sēse ... posse.
Compare in chapter 1, certior fīēbat,
followed by Belgas ... coniūrāre; in chap.
4, reperiēbat, followed by Belgas ortos esse, in
complete text.




Iccius Rēmus: Iccius, a Remian.



13. sēse: subject-accusative of posse.




Page 26,



19. moenibus ... mūrum ... mūrus ... mūrum: Cæsar’s haste in
writing is often manifest.



20. coepti sunt: it may seem strange that the passive should
be used instead of the active, coepērunt; but see 143, a; H.
297, 1.



22. Quod: how is a relative after a period often best
rendered? For an example, see note on qui,
chap. 1, l. 13, simplified text.



24. nūlli: mark the emphasis from the position. Many similar
cases occur, notwithstanding A. & G., p. 389, Rem.




oppūgnandi = oppūgnātiōnis.



25. summa nōbilitāte et grātia: a descriptive ablative;
a man of the highest rank and popularity.



26. praefuerat: render as if an imperfect. The meaning is, he
had been placed in command and was then in command.




ex iis: the same as eōrum.



27. lēgāti: as envoys. Compare the use of
obsides as an appositive, p. 25,
l. 26.



28. submittātur: can you make out the force of the
sub?




 
Chap. 7,




line 2. subsidio oppidānis: to aid the people in the town.
But what literally? For the construction, see 233, a; H. 390.


50

  3. quōrum adventu: in consequence of their
coming.



  5. contendērunt: the subject is hostes,
suggested by hostībus in the preceding sentence.



  6. ab: distant, off, away; so used
chiefly with numerals.




ab mīlibus passuum minus duōbus: a word for word rendering would
be, distant thousands of paces less than two; that is, less
than two miles distant.




Page 26,



  3. neque ... cōgnōvit: and learned from those scouts
whom he had sent and from the Remi that they were now not far
distant.



30. īsdem ducibus: the same persons as guides. Compare
qui lēgāti, p. 26, l. 27,
and note on simplified text.



Page 27,



  3. apud oppidum: ad is more usual.



  4. agros ... dēpopulāti—vīcis aedificiīsque ...
incēnsis: literally, having laid waste the fields—the
villages and buildings having been burned. Mark how the construction
changes for want of a deponent verb in place of incendo.



  9. in lātitūdinem: compare in altitūdinem,
p. 26, l. 13.




 
Chap. 8,




line 2. eximiam ... virtūtis: their eminent reputation for
valor.



  3. quid virtūte posset: what their real eminence in
valor was. Compare quid in bello possent, chap. 4, l. 2.



  7. tantum ... patēbat quantum loci: render as if
loci depended on tantum instead of quantum,
extended over as much space as.




adversus: facing the enemy; adversus an adjective,
agreeing with collis.




in lātitūdinem: laterally. Compare chap. 7,
l. 8.



  8. ex utrāque parte lateris = ex utrōque latere:
on, not from, both sides; so ab, below,
l. 10.



10. ad plānitiem redībat: gradually resumed (impf.)
a level. Cæsar describes a hill over against the enemy,
having steep sides, and a front only broad enough for his army when
arranged for battle. In front the hill rose with a gentle ascent, and at
the top blended with the plain. It is possible that lēniter
fastīgātus means, as the dictionaries
51
define this passage and as many editors say, gently sloping down;
in which case, ad plānitiem redībat would mean sank down
gradually to the level at its base. This attributes an improbable
meaning to fastīgātus.



12. extrēmas fossas: at the ends of the trenches;
compare in chap. 2, l. 2, interiōrem
Galliam, the interior of Gaul.




castella: there were, then, four.



17. ēductas īnstrūxerant: to make good English, render as if
ēductas were a verb followed by et; so, very often, when a
perfect participle and verb are closely connected.




Page 27,



10. et ... et: we do not say both ... and so frequently
as we find et ... et in Latin; accordingly it will generally be
found better to omit in translation the first et, and render the
second and also.



11. proelio ... proeliis: a decisive battle ...
skirmishes.



14. loco: ablative absolute, as there was a place.



21. obdūxit: Cæsar elsewhere commonly uses perdūco of
running a wall or trench. Why obdūco here? Because the
fossae were dug against the enemy, or to cover his
position.



24. cum ... īnstrūxisset: Cæsar’s thought was, according to
Latin idiom, when I shall have drawn up, īnstrūxero; but
such a future perfect of direct speech becomes pluperfect subjunctive in
narration, after a past tense in the principal clause.



24. quod ... poterant: because they were so strong in
numbers. Find two other similar uses of possum.



27. si quo opus esset: if there should be need of them
anywhere; not, if there should be need of any thing.



28. subsidio: in meaning and construction like
subsidio, p. 26,
l. 32.




 
Chap. 9,




line 2. si ... trānsīrent: to see if our men would cross
this (hanc).



  3. contendēbātur: there was fighting. Compare
chap. 6, l. 3, sustentātum est.



  4. neutri: neither of the two armies.



  5. secundiōre ... nostris: as the cavalry skirmish
proved rather favorable to our men.


52

  9. castellum: read over again the last half of chap. 5. Cæsar makes no mention there of a
castellum.



10. potuissent: the thought was, according to the Latin idiom,
“if we shall not have been able” (potuerimus); but such a future
perfect of direct speech becomes a pluperfect subjunctive in narration
after a past tense.




Page 28,



  1. nostri autem, etc.: a difficult sentence; but treat
it as directed in the Introductory Note,
p. 43, only observing that si has its usual meaning of
if, and impedītos, when they should get stuck fast,
agrees with hostes understood.



  2. ut ... adgrederentur: expresses the purpose of
parāti in armis erant.



  9. eo cōnsilio: with this design; explained by
ut castellum ... expūgnārent.




possent: they said to themselves, if we shall be able,
poterimus; but if we shall not have succeeded, si minus
potuerimus; hence potuissent, when related. See note on īnstrūxisset, p. 27, l. 24.



12. nōbis ūsui: compare subsidio oppidānis, p. 26, l. 32.




 
Chap. 10,




line 3. pūgnātum est: contains its own subject, there was
fierce fighting. See contendēbātur, chap. 9, l. 3, and note.



  4. impedītos: while they were struggling.



  6. circumventos interfēcērunt: they surrounded and
killed. Read again the note on ēductas
īnstrūxerant, chap. 8, l. 17.



  7. spem: subject-accusative of fefellisse; but
translate, that they were disappointed in the hope.




neque: take the negative part with prōgredi.



  8. ipsos: that is, se ipsos, namely,
hostes.



10. quemque: subject-accusative of reverti. See also
note on chap. 4, l. 9.



11. quōrum ... ad eos: you will very often find the relative
clause preceding the antecedent. In almost all such cases the English
way of speaking requires us to render the antecedent clause first.


53

13. Quod: this, referring to the last two
sentences.




eo cōnsilio: with this design, explained by the following
clause.



16. Hīs persuādēri: depends on nōn poterat. Why did not
Cæsar write, Hi persuādēri ... nōn poterant, since he means,
these could not be persuaded? 230; H. 301, 1.




Page 28,



19. reliquos ... cōnantes: the rest ... while they were
trying.



21. Hostes: subject of cōnstituērunt, l. 25, while
a pronoun referring to hostes may be mentally supplied as subject
of intellēxērunt and vīdērunt. This sentence illustrates
an important principle of Latin order, attention to which will be of
great aid in translation. When the verb of the principal clause and that
of the dependent clause have the same subject, it is commonly expressed
in the principal, and left out in the dependent, clause. In English we
do the opposite. We often begin with the dependent clause; the Latin
frames it into the principal clause.



21. ubi: repeat mentally with vīdērunt and
coepit.



28. ad eos dēfendendos: illustrates a very common way of
expressing a purpose.




 
Chap. 11,




line 1. ea re: that is, to disperse to their homes; chap. 10, l. 10.



  2. ēgressi: the subject is Belgae,
understood.



  3. cōnsimilis: altogether like. What is the
force of con?



  4. Caesar: as the subject of veritus and
continuit, Caesar seems strangely placed in the grip of
the ablative absolute; but the position shows by whom the knowledge was
got. Caesar getting wind of this movement immediately through his
spies.



  5. veritus: try always to render a participle so as to
show its logical relation to the main verb, whether of time, cause,
contrast, or what not; here, because he feared.




castris: substantially equivalent to in castris.



  6. qui ... morārētur: compare qui dēdūceret,
chap. 2, l. 3, and note.


54

10. ventum erat: they had come. Compare sustentātum
est, chap. 6, l. 3;
contendēbātur, chap. 9, l. 3.



11. priōres: those in advance.



15. sub: towards. The idea of place being
transferred to that of time.




Page 29,



  5. quisque: see p. 25,
l. 3, and note on simplified text.




prīmum itineris locum: the first place on the road.



  8. qua ... discēderent: following quod ...
perspēxerat.



16. cum ... cōnsisterent: since the enemy, at the very
extremity of the rear, kept making a stand.



18. priōres: et understood; while those in
advance.




quod: carry on also into the next clause; and because they
were not held together (continērentur).



21. sine ūllo perīculo: two ways of expressing “without any”
in this chapter; for above we have nūllo certo ōrdine, without
any definite order.



23. quantum ... spatium: how great a space of time
(diēi) there was; that is (they killed as great a number)
as the length of the time allowed.



24. sēque in castra ... recēpērunt: and they and their
pitiless commander probably slept well that night.




 
Chap. 12,




line 3. ex itinere: see chap. 6,
l. 2, and note.




oppūgnāre: means here carry by assault.



  5. omnis ... multitūdo: notice that an adjective and a
noun are often separated by words depending on the noun. Here ex
fuga from the position is almost equivalent to
fugientium.



  6. vīneis: wooden frames with sloping roof and covered
with hides, to protect a number of besiegers.



  7. āctis: from ago, brought up; the
vīneae were often moved on wheels.




aggere iacto: when earth had been thrown up for a mound.
This was done so that wooden towers could be brought up near the
walls.



10. ut cōnservārentur: mark how often a dependent clause
precedes the one on which it depends. Attention to this
55
will often help in unravelling a long sentence. Now see qui ...
dēdūceret, chap. 2, l. 3; quid ...
posset et ... audērent, chap. 8, ll.
3, 4; qui ... morārētur, chap.
11, l. 6.




Page 29,



32. paucis dēfendentibus: though the defenders were
few.



Page 30,



  1. Castris mūnītis: after making a fortified
camp. The first and most important thing, after selecting the site
of a camp, was to intrench it. That may be all that is meant in this
instance.




vīneas agere: depends on coepit.




quaeque ... comparāre: and to get ready whatever.



  2. ūsui: compare subsidio, p. 26, l. 32.



  5. quae: the like of which.




 
Chap. 13,




line 1. obsidibus acceptis: after receiving hostages.




armis ... trāditis: it was Cæsar’s practice to disarm his
conquered enemies.



  3. Qui cum: the relative is in the right place in
Latin, but we cannot translate in this order. The natural place for both
words is at the beginning of a clause; but when they come together, the
relative takes precedence.



  5. circiter ... quīnque: only about five
miles.



  6. abesset: governed by cum.




māiōres nātu: elders; seniōres would
not do.



  7. sēse ... venīre: they surrendered to him
unconditionally.



  9. pueri: children, as homines often
means men and women.




Page 30,



  9. atque: and besides, or and in
particular.



17. neque ... contendere: and that they were not in
arms.



20. passis manibus: pitiful!




 
Chap. 14,




line 1. facit verba: intercedes.



  2. in fide ... fuērunt: have been faithful and
friendly.



  4. perferre: were enduring. For the tense, see
336, A.


56

  5. ēius cōnsili prīncipes: the prime movers in this
plan: prīncipes = auctōres, authors.



  6. in Britanniam profūgērunt: as lately Boulanger and
others have done.



  8. clēmentia: said of one who has power to exercise the
opposite, sevēritas, crūdēlitas.




mānsuētūdine: said of one who is humane and gentle, opposed to
feritas.



  9. fēceris ... amplificābis: we say, ‘if you do this,
you will add to’; in Latin, ‘if you shall have done this, you will
add to.’



10. qua: 105, d.; H. 190, 1.




si qua bella, etc.: by whose aid and resources they (the
Ædui) are accustomed to bear the burden of whatever wars befall
them.




Page 30,



26. perferre ... dēfēcisse: were enduring ... had
revolted.



28. quod intellegerent: seeing.



31. sua: emphatic; his own, that is, his
well-known.



32. quod si fēcerit: if he should do this; the
subjunctive of the future perfect, for which there is no separate form;
hence the form of the perfect subjunctive is borrowed. If the tense is
named by its form, it will be called perfect subjunctive; if by
its meaning, future perfect subjunctive.



Page 31,



  1. amplificātūrum (esse): the subject must be
inferred from the subject of fēcerit.




 
Chap. 15,




line 1. honōris ... causa: out of regard to
Divitiacus.



  3. māgna ... auctōritāte: one of great
influence; a predicate ablative of description; such an ablative
must always have a modifier, as here, māgna. The genitive may be
used in the same way, as below, māgnae virtūtis. On the order,
see note, chap. 12, l. 5.



  6. quōrum, etc.: translate closely in the order of the
Latin; about their character and customs, Cæsar, on inquiry; so,
generally, do your best to keep close to the Latin order. Read again the
Introductory Note, p. 43.


57

12. qui ... dēdissent: for having surrendered; what
would be the meaning of qui ... dēdiderant?




Page 31,



  6. hominum ... praestābat: was the most
populous; what is it literally?



12. pati: that they permitted. Supply eos,
referring to Nervii, as the subject of pati, esse,
increpitāre, and cōnfirmāre.



13. quod ... exīstimārent: observe in the simplified text
quod ... exīstimābant; why the difference?



16. qui ... dēdissent ... prōiēcissent: for having
surrendered and renounced; literally, since they had
surrendered.



17. sēse: subject-accusative of mīssūros.




 
Chap. 16,




line 1. trīduum: for three days, accusative of
duration.



  2. Sabim: now called the Sambre.



  6. quīque: equivalent to et eos qui, and all
such as.




per aetātem: by reason of their age; that is, whether too
old or too young.



  7. in eum locum ... quo: into a place to which.
The idea of the Latin fully expressed would be, into a place of such
a character (eum) that to it (quo) there
would be no access for an army. 319, 2 and note; H.
500, I. Compare qui ... vidērentur, immediately
preceding.



  8. exercitui: for an army, not necessarily,
for Cæsar’s army.




Page 31,



19. Cum ... fēcisset: a temporal cum clause is not
always best rendered by when, etc.: after marching for three
days.



24. hīs ... persuāserant: observe on p. 29, l. 1, an example of the impersonal
construction of persuādeo in the passive: hīs persuādēri ...
nōn poterat, it was not possible for these to be
persuaded.



27. cōniēcisse: the verb implies hurried action, and so
differs from dēpōno, which Cæsar uses in Book IV., 19, of putting
women and children in a place of safety.



58

 
Chap. 17,




line 2. qui ... dēligant: compare qui dēdūceret, chap. 2, l. 3, and note;
qui ... morārētur, chap. 11,
l. 6.




Cum: since. See note on chap. 6,
l. 8.



  5. dēmōnstrārunt: shortened from
dēmōnstrāvērunt, 128, a, 1; H. 235.




inter singulas: between each two; the same mistake,
“between each,” is common in English.



  6. neque ... negōti: and it was a matter of no
difficulty at all.



  7. cum ... vēnisset: when the first legion should
reach the camping ground. In the direct form, vēnerit,
shall have reached; then regularly such a future perfect is
changed to the pluperfect subjunctive in indirect discourse after a past
tense. See note on chap 9, l. 10.



  8. sarcinis: “Besides his arms, the Roman soldier
carried stakes (vālli), used for the palisades of the camp, food
and utensils, a saw, a spade, a chain for his prisoners,
and other things. He was loaded like a mule.” —Long.




qua pulsa: if this legion were beaten.




futūrum (esse): depends on dēmōnstrārunt; the
result would be.



  9. Nervii autem: now the Nervii. Nervii
is the subject of effēcerant. This long sentence is not so
difficult as it at first seems. Follow closely the Latin order to
discover the sense, render quo in order that,
effēcerant had caused, and īnstar like.



11. teneris ... ēnātis: by lopping the trees when young,
and intertwining the branches which grew out thick in a lateral
direction; ēnātis from ēnāscor.



12. interiectis: it does not appear possible to take this word
in the sense given to it in the dictionaries, thrown or stuffed
in. So Moberly translates, “by throwing in brambles and thorns for
the present occasion.” But is it to be supposed that this was done
everywhere? If not, how would the Nervii know where to do it? Moreover,
what they had done was done antīquitus, from of old.
Translate, therefore, by planting among them.


59

14. quo nōn modo nōn ... sed ne ... quidem: this formula, or
(without second nōn) nōn modo ... sed ne ... quidem, is
usually awkwardly rendered, not only not, but not even. Instead,
translate as if the first member were complete in itself (suppressing
modo), followed by nay, nor even, thus: which it was
not possible to pass through, nay, nor even see through.



15. Hīs rēbus: by these obstacles.



16. nōn ... cōnsilium: they ought not to disregard the
advice.




Page 32,



  4. impedīmentōrum: here, baggage animals;
impedīmentis, below, baggage.



  9. Adiuvābat: the subject is the long sentence
following, Nervii ... effēcerant. Translate, this circumstance
favored the advice of those who reported the intelligence, that
(quod).



10. nihil ... possent: compare
quid in bello possent, p. 24,
l. 25;
quid virtūte posset, p. 27,
l. 12.



11. neque enim: and in fact ... not. Observe that
enim here does not mean for.



12. pedestribus valent cōpiis: compare virtūte ...
valēre, p. 25, l. 5. The
ablative is ablative of means.



13. ad eos: that is, the Nervii.




 
Chap. 18,




line 1. quem locum: I mean the place which.



  3. Ab eo flūmine: that is, on the other side.



  4. pari adclīvitāte collis: a hill of similar upward
slope; a descriptive ablative.




ab superiōre parte: in the upper part. Ab not
seldom means on, in, at, by, because the
idea of removal (from) implies previous contact or nearness, and
the latent idea is sometimes the most important.



  5. ut: may be considered as referring to an ita
suppressed with silvestris; so thickly wooded that.




nōn ... posset: one could not easily see within.
Impersonal expressions, like perspici potest, are common in
Latin. Mark the mode of translation.



  7. secundum: along, properly following,
from sequor.


60


Page 32,



24. adversus huic et contrārius: corresponding to this and
right opposite.



25. passus ... apertus: clear of woods for about two
hundred paces up from its base.




īnfimus: ab īnferiōre parte.




 
Chap. 19,




line 1. omnibus cōpiis: Cæsar often uses cum omnibus
cōpiis.



  2. cōnsuētūdine: according to custom; just as
frequently ex cōnsuētūdine.



  4. conlocārat: for conlocāverat. See
dēmōnstrārunt, chap. 17, l. 5,
and note.



  6. praesidiōque impedīmentis: compare subsidio
oppidānis, chap. 7, l. 2, and note.



11. opere dīmēnso: after laying out the work; the
expression refers to marking off the ground preparatory to trenching,
making a rampart, etc.




castra mūnīre: to make a camp.



17. in manibus nostris: close upon us.



18. ad: towards; repeat it mentally before
eos.




adverso colle: straight up the hill; literally, with
the hill before them; so perhaps strictly neither an ablative
absolute nor an ablative of the “way by which.”




Page 32,



32. ratio ōrdōque āgminis: the plan and the order of
marching.




aliter ... āc: otherwise than, different from what;
this strange idiom looks like an abridged, colloquial expression;
probably it was, fully expressed, aliter āc aliter, one way
and another way. The order of march was one way and the Belgæ had
reported it another way. So I have heard a child say, “This is different
and that is different,” meaning “this is different from that.”



Page 33,



  8. cum: while; to be repeated mentally with
facerent.



10. neque ... cēdentes īnsequi audērent: and while our men
were hesitating to pursue them when they retreated.




quem ad fīnem: translate as if it were ad fīnem ad quem,
to the line to which the level, clear ground extended.


61

15. ut ... cōnfirmāverant: as they had arranged their order
of battle and ranks within the woods, and as they had encouraged each
other to do.




 
Chap. 20,




line 2. sīgnum tuba dandum (erat): in order to call the
men to take their places in the ranks. Some might not see the flag.



  3. sīgnum dandum: this time the signal is for the
charge, or perhaps to get ready for a charge.



  5. subsidio: dative of end or service, but render as if
a nominative, which might have been used, a help.



  7. commode: modifies praescrībere.




ipsi sibi praescrībere ... poterant: they could direct
themselves without any orders (ipsi).



11. nihil: not ... at all; stronger than
nōn.



12. per se: on their own responsibility.




quae vidēbantur: whatever seemed best.




Page 33,



27. qui: does not refer to mīlites, but to ii
understood.




aggeris petendi causa: for the purpose of seeking materials
for a rampart. Mark the position of causa, always following
the genitive depending on it.



30. hīs difficultātibus: in this strait; but the words
are in the dative with subsidio. Find two other instances of this
construction of two datives.



32. quid fieri oportēret: the object of
praescrībere.




 
Chap. 21,




line 1. necessāriis rēbus imperātis: when you meet with
res, ask yourself exactly what it means, and then find a proper
rendering. Translate, after giving the necessary orders.



  4. prīstinae: this word is often used of what was
formerly and still continues.




neu ... animo: and not lose presence of mind.



  6. quod ... aberant: gives the reason of the following,
not the preceding, clause.



  8. pūgnantibus occurrit: he finds them
fighting.


62

  8. Temporis: mark how the important word comes first.
Take this sentence in thought almost without change in the order of the
words, then translate.




tanta ... exiguitas: so great was the littleness = such
was the shortness. Translate, so short was the time.



10. īnsīgnia: “the crests, feathers red and black, and other
decorations which the soldiers had.... On the march the helmet was not
carried on the head. The shields had leather coverings when they were
not in use.” —Long.



12. Quam ... dēvēnit: to whatever part of the army each one
happened to come.




ab opere: that is, making the camp; see chap. 19, l. 11.



13. quaeque ... cōnspēxit: and whatever standards he caught
sight of first.




Page 34,



13. quo ... posset: whither a javelin could be hurled =
a javelin throw.



19. Quam ... in partem: compare the second line of the
chapter. quisque seems oddly placed, but it is crowded out of the
first place, where it would like to stand, by quam.




 
Chap. 22,




line 2. rei mīlitāris ... ōrdo: military science and
arrangement.



  3. fiēbat: the result was.




aliae ... parte: in this idiom the second part only of the
thought is expressed. ‘Other legions were fighting in another
part’ implies ‘some were fighting in one part of the field.’ So
claudus altero pede, lame in the other foot, implies one
foot sound.



  5. interiectis: to be taken with saepibus.



  6. ut: so that. conlocāri: depends on
possent.



  7. in: of reason, because of or
owing to.



  8. inīquitāte: usually translated unfavorable
condition, or by some similar phrase, and such is the common meaning
of inīquitas; but the context shows that the meaning here is
closer to the original sense, that of unevenness; hence we may
translate, owing to such inequality in the condition of
things.


63


Page 34,



25. cum: since, governs impedīrētur as well as
resisterent.




dīversis legiōnibus: dīversus means turned different
ways, not with united line; hence here, disjoined. Translate,
since, owing to the legions being separated.



28. neque certa subsidia: here begins the statement of the
result; certa subsidia: subject of poterant.




neque quid, etc.: nor was it possible to foresee what was
needed everywhere. After prōvidēri supply mentally
poterat, of which the whole preceding clause is the grammatical
subject.




 
Chap. 23,




line 1. ut: since. Would the mode of cōnstiterant
have been the same, if cum had been used in place of
ut?



  2. acie: an old form of the genitive for
aciēi.




Atrebates: object of compulērunt.



  6. Ipsi: refers to the subject of interfēcērunt;
that is, legiōnis nōnae et decimae mīlites.



  8. dīversae = aliae; what should it mean from
its derivation?



10. a frōnte: along the front. See chap. 18, l. 4, and note.



11. ab sinistra parte: on the left. Compare ā
frōnte, preceding line, and ab superiōre parte, chap. 18, l. 4, and note.




nūdātis castris: as the camp was left unguarded.



13. aperto latere: on their (the legions’) exposed
flank.



14. summum ... locum: the summit occupied by the camp;
castrōrum is a possessive genitive.




Page 35,



  3. exanimātos ... cōnfectos: breathless and
exhausted by wounds.




hīs: the ninth and tenth legions.



  4. ea pars: that is, ea pars hostium.



  5. cōnantes: accusative, agreeing with Atrebates
understood, or a pronoun referring to Atrebates.



  8. resistentes hostes: object of
cōniēcērunt.



16. summam imperi: chief command.




 
Chap. 24,




line 2. cum ... reciperent: as they were returning.



  5. cum respēxissent: on looking back. A
cum clause is not always best translated by a full clause.


64

  6. praecipites ... mandābant: ran away as fast as
they could. What literally?



  7. eōrum: depends on clāmor fremitusque.



  8. ferēbantur: began to rush. Observe the
imperfects followed by perfects. The imperfect paints, the perfect
describes.



10. auxili causa: for the purpose of rendering aid =
as auxiliaries.



11. cum: since. See note, chap. 6,
l. 8.




complēri: this and the following infinitives depend on
vīdissent.



13. vīdissent: the subject is equites Trēveri.



14. rēbus: fortunes. How might a clause be substituted
here in Latin for the ablative absolute?



15. pulsos superātōsque: supply esse.




Page 35,



21. pulsos: supply esse.



22. adversis hostibus occurrēbant: came straight against
the enemy. What literally?



23. cālōnes ... āc summo iugo: the porta decumāna was
the rear gate of the camp, opposite the porta praetōria. It
appears from this passage that the place for the cālōnes was at
the back of the camp, and that in this instance the camp was partly on
sloping ground.



30. virtūtis opīnio: reputation for valor.



Page 36,



  2. dīversos dissipātōsque: running in different
directions and scattered.



  5. hostes: subject-accusative of potītos
(esse).




 
Chap. 25,




line 2. suos urgēri: that his men were hard pressed; the
infinitive depends on vīdit.



  3. cōnfertos mīlites: that the soldiers by being
crowded together.




sibi ... impedīmento: hindered one another.



  8. ut ... posset: so that he could no longer
stand.



  9. Hīs rēbus: for these reasons.




tardiōres: were losing heart.



12. subeuntes intermittere: cease mounting the
hill.


65

12. ab utrōque latere: on both flanks. Compare ab
superiōre parte, chap. 18, l. 4.



13. rem ... angusto: that the situation was critical.
What literally?



14. ūni: a peculiar use of ūnus, quite equivalent to
a; not to be imitated in writing Latin.



17. sīgna ... iūssit: he ordered them to advance and at the
same time to open out their ranks.




Page 36,



  7. Caesar: subject of prōcessit, fifteen lines
below. This first sentence extending through eighteen lines looks very
formidable; but if it is taken in accordance with the Introductory Note, p. 43, the meaning will be evident.
To translate the sentence is more difficult. In translating, repeat
“and saw” before the words quartae cohortis, and render
the ablative absolutes by clauses, thus: and saw that all the
captains of the fourth cohort were killed. Then, reliquos esse
tardiōres, that the rest (in consequence) were losing
heart.



  8. sīgnīsque ... conlātis: and since the standards
were brought together. Try constantly to make out the relation in
thought expressed by participles; that is, whether the idea is that of
time, when, while, etc.; of cause, as,
since; of concession, though, notwithstanding; or
of condition, accompanying circumstances, etc., to be variously
rendered.



16. ab novissimis: in the rear. So below, l. 21. Compare ab sinistra parte,
p. 35, l. 13. In both places in
this chapter it would be easy to make the mistake of taking ab in
the sense of ex, as a substitute for the partitive genitive.



27. operam nāvāre cuperet: “wished to do his best.”
What literally?




 
Chap. 26,




line 3. ut ... coniungerent: for the legions gradually to draw
together.



  7. proelio nūntiāto: on the report of the
battle.




cursu incitāto: quickening their speed. The participle
following is causal; they began to run because of the report of the
battle.


66

10. qui: refers to decimam legiōnem. What is the
grammatical irregularity, and how is it to be accounted for?




cum: to be taken with cōgnōvissent.




quo in loco res esset: what the situation was. What
literally? Account for the subjunctive.



12. nihil ... fēcērunt: left nothing undone in the way of
speed. What literally?




reliqui: neuter of reliquus. A partitive genitive
depending on nihil. Find a similar construction in chap. 15.




Page 36,



31. conversa sīgna: the object of īnferrent, but most
conveniently rendered as coördinate with it, to face about and
charge. It is thought that by this movement the twelfth and the
seventh legions formed a circle or a square.



Page 37,



  1. neque timērent: repeat cum mentally from the
preceding clause; and since they (no longer)
feared.




āversi: literally, being turned away; translate, from
their rear being unguarded.




 
Chap. 27,




line 2. vulneribus cōnfecti: badly wounded. What
literally?




prōcubuissent: from prōcumbo.



  3. vēro: emphasizes equites, but is better left
untranslated; say, while the cavalry.



  4. se ... praeferrent: thrust themselves before;
a result clause, dependent on tanta ... est facta.



  5. in extrēma spe salūtis: “when all hope of saving
themselves was at an end.” Here a literal translation would be
meaningless or misleading.



  7. proximi ... īnsistēbant: those nearest would
stand upon their prostrate companions.



  8. hīs deiēctis: when these (in turn)
were thrown down.



10. intercepta remittēbant: would catch and hurl back.
See ēductas īnstrūxerant, chap. 8,
l. 17, and note.



11. ut, etc.: so that one ought to judge that it was not
without cause that men of such valor. On iūdicāre dēbēret,
compare perspici posset, chap. 18,
l. 5, and note.


67

13. quae ... difficillimis: things which, most difficult in
themselves.




facilia: a predicate adjective with redēgerat.




Page 37,



15. innīxi: from innītor, agrees with
nostri.




perterritos: supply esse; the subject-accusative is
hostes.



16. inermes: agrees with cālōnes, even though
unarmed.



23. qui superessent: the survivors. Supply ii as
antecedent of qui.




ut: as. So used p. 34,
l. 23.



24. cōnicerent: dependent on tantam virtutem ... ut;
(so that) those who survived (qui superessent)
kept hurling.




 
Chap. 28,




line 1. prope: modifies ad, not redācto.



  2. redācto: see the last word of the preceding
chapter.




māiōres nātu: see chap. 13, l. 6,
and note.



  3. pueris: see chap. 13,
l. 9, and note.



  4. cōnsēnsu ... supererant: with the consent of all
the survivors.



  7. vix ad: to barely; for ad vix, as some
say.



  8. in: towards; erga might have been
used.



  9. vidērētur: not that he might seem, but
that he might be seen.



11. se ... prohibērent: refrain and keep their dependents
from; prohibēre is appropriate to suos, but hardly to
se.




Page 37,



31. aestuāria: “the country lying to the north (the modern
Zealand) is low and marshy, cut up with tidewater inlets and bays.”
—Allen & Greenough.



32. cum vīctōribus, etc.: since they thought there was no
obstacle for the victors, no safety for the vanquished.



Page 38,



  4. mīlibus LX.: they
had promised fifty thousand; see chap. 4. It
was natural that they should exaggerate their losses.




 
Chap. 29,




line 1. auxilio Nerviis: compare subsidio oppidānis,
chap. 7, l. 2, and note. Find other examples of this construction.



  4. ūnum oppidum: supposed to be at the junction of the
Sambre and Meuse.



  5. ex omnibus in circuitu partibus: simply, all
round.


68

  9. conlocābant: there is a reading, conlocārant.
If that is the true reading, tum in the preceding line would mean
besides.




Page 38,



10. cum: while. Four lines below cum means
though.



16. aditus ... pedum: an approach of two hundred feet in
breadth, not more; pedum depends on aditus.



21. iis impedīmentis: take with dēpositis, two lines
below.



22. agere āc portāre: drive or carry.



24. ūna: with it; that is, the plunder.



25. cum alias, etc.: since they carried on now aggressive
now defensive war. What literally?




 
Chap. 30,




line 1. prīmo adventu = cum prīmum advēnisset, as soon
as our army had got there.



  3. pedum XII.: that
is, in altitūdinem, which is expressed, chap. 5, l. 19.



  4. oppido: might have been in oppido. Cf.
castris, chap. 11, l. 5.



  5. vīneis āctis: āctis from ago; see
chap. 12, l. 6, and note.




aggere exstrūcto: an embankment of timber, stones, and earth was
begun at a distance from the walls of a town, wide enough to roll one or
more towers upon, and was carried forward by soldiers working under the
shelter of the vīneae up to the defensive works.



  6. cōnstitui: being raised.



  7. ab tanto spatio: so far away. Compare ab
mīlibus, chap. 7, l. 6, and note.



  8. quibusnam manibus: with what hands, pray;
nam added for emphasis, to point their sarcasm.



10. conlocāre: strangely used for conlocātūros
(esse). The Aduatuci may have thought that the Romans intended to
hoist the tower upon their wall, or they may have been joking. Which is
more likely?




Page 39,



  5. hominibus ... contemptui: another pair of datives.
Find other examples. The Italians of the present time do not strike one
as conspicuously shorter than the Germans.


69


māgnitūdine: being contrasted with brevitas, is used in
the sense of altitūdine.




 
Chap. 31,




line 1. movēri: moving. This word here has suggested a
change of conlocāre, in the last line of the preceding chapter,
to mōtūros, a very plausible conjecture, but it spoils the joke
of the Aduatuci.



  5. qui: since they. Compare qui ...
dēdidissent, chap. 15, l. 12, and
note.



  8. pro sua clēmentia: according to his well-known
clemency. See chap. 14, l. 8, and
note. What did they think of his clemency when he
sold 53,000 of them into slavery?



11. trāditis armis = si arma trādidissent, if they
should surrender their arms.



13. per cruciātum interfici: to be tortured to death.
What literally?




Page 39,



16. statuisset: not had decided, but should
decide. No mistake is oftener made by beginners than in the
rendering of a pluperfect subjunctive of indirect discourse representing
a future perfect of direct discourse. Such a subjunctive is to be
rendered by the auxiliary should, not had. To tell whether
a pluperfect subjunctive represents a future perfect, think what form a
speaker’s words would take, remembering that the Romans commonly used
the future or future perfect of things really future, while we very
often use the present.




 
Chap. 32,




line 1. cōnsuētūdine: ablative of cause.



  3. aries: “a long, strong beam of wood, furnished with
an iron head in the form of a ram’s head. It was suspended from a
framework by a strong chain or ropes, and worked by men, who drove it
against the wall.” —Long.



  4. in Nerviis: in the case of the Nervii; a
common meaning of in with names of persons.



  5. ne quam ... īnferant: not to do any harm to those
who had surrendered to the Roman people.


70

  7. facere: one would expect the future with
subject-accusative, se factūros (esse). Compare
conlocāre, for conlocātūros esse, chap. 30, l. 10.



  9. prope ... adaequārent: came up almost to the very
top; summam with altitūdinem. What literally?



12. pāce sunt ūsi = conquiēvērunt, kept
quiet.




 
Chap. 33,




line 3. nostros: our commanders, subject-accusative of
dēductūros and servātūros (esse).




praesidia: men stationed in the castella; see below.



  4. dēductūros ... servātūros: observe how frequently
esse is omitted with the future participle.




dēnique: at any rate. What is its usual meaning?



  5. tertia vigilia: the Romans divided the night into
four equal divisions, watches, of about three hours each.



  9. eo concursum est: the soldiers hurried
thither. What literally? Find similar constructions in chaps.
6, 9,
10, 11.



10. in extrēma spe salūtis: compare chap. 27, l. 5, and note. The context shows, however, that the meaning is
not quite the same here. Translate, as their last chance of saving
themselves.



14. nēmo: observe the emphasis from its position. Compare in
English, “Silver and gold have I none.” nēmo and nūllus
are often so placed. Cf. nūlli, chap. 6,
l. 10.



16. ab iis qui ēmerant = ab emptōribus: by the
purchasers, who were the mercātōres, traders who followed the
army as hungry sharks follow a ship.




capitum: we say “souls.” It depends on quīnquāginta
trium.



17. quīnquāginta trium: 53,000 captives, probably chained in
gangs and sent to be sold in the Province and in Italy; a source of
great gain to the general.




Page 40,



  4. mīlites ... mīlitibus: another evidence of haste.
See p. 26, l. 19, and note.



  5. ne quam ... iniūriam: see p. 39, l. 28, and note.



  9. iis: with armis. Observe the order of the
words.


71

10. vīminibus intextis: repeat mentally ex before these
words. Some supply factis.



16. pūgnātumque, etc.: translate as if hostibus and
viris were subjects.



17. ut ... dēbuit: as brave men ought to fight. What
literally?



18. iacerent: the subjunctive shows that the remark is a
general one. The indicative would have a limiting force. The difference
can hardly be brought out in translation. In the former case we may
render, against men who could throw; in the latter, against
those who were throwing.



20. ad = circiter.




 
Chap. 34,




line 2. mīserat: had sent, that is, before the defeat of
the Aduatuci.



  5. diciōnem: under the sway; in some texts,
in dēditiōnem. If that reading is correct, the meaning would be,
were brought to surrender.




 
Chap. 35,




line 1. pācāta: see p. 23,
l. 7, and note.



  4. qui ... pollicērentur: compare
p. 23, l. 19, qui ... dēdūceret;
p. 29, l. 12, qui ... morārētur;
p. 31, l. 30, qui ...
dēligant.



  6. inita proxima aestāte: see p. 23, l. 18, and note.



10. ex litteris: in consequence of the letters.



11. supplicātio: a public, religious festival of thanksgiving,
decreed by the senate. “The fifteen days’ rejoicing marks the constant
fear of the Gauls which had haunted the Romans ever since the ‘dies
Alliensis.’ Kraner remarks that the longest ‘supplicatio’ till this had
been one of twelve days, for Pompeius’ success against Mithridates.”
—Moberly.




nūlli: see p. 40, l. 22; also
p. 26, l. 24, and note.











73


 
EXERCISES ON SIMPLIFIED TEXT.




----




The references are to the Grammars of Allen and Greenough, and
Harkness.




The learner is expected, before writing the Exercises, to review the
Latin text, and find therein and commit to memory illustrations of the
grammatical principles selected.




 
Chapter I.





1. Indirect Discourse: 336, 1 and 2; H. 523 and I.



2. Cum Temporal with Subjunctive: 325; H. 521, II.
and 2.



3. Subjunctive after Verbs of Fearing: 331, f.; H. 498, III.






1. Cæsar was in hither Gaul.



2. Reports were brought into hither Gaul.



3. While Labienus was in Gaul, the Belgæ made a
league.1



4. A report is brought that2 the Belgæ are conspiring.



5. They are afraid that our army is coming3 against
them.



6. They are vexed4 that our army remains in Gaul.



7. Cæsar feared that the Belgæ were conspiring.



8. Letters kept coming,5 while they were conspiring.




Notes.—
1 made a league: one word in Latin. 
2 Be careful about the that clause in this and
the following sentence. Recall the text to memory and mentally apply the
rules. 
3 is coming: use venio. 
4 are vexed: in Latin one of the expressions, like
rūmōres adferēbantur, requiring the accusative and
infinitive. 
5 kept coming: one word in Latin.




 
Chapter II.





1. Relative Clauses of Purpose: 317, 2 and N.; H.
497, I.



2. Accus. and Infin. of Indirect Discourse: 336, 1 and 2; H. 523
and I.






1. In hither Gaul there1 were two legions.



2. Two new legions Cæsar levies.


74

3. The two new legions are sent into the interior of Gaul.



4. Cæsar sends his lieutenant to lead2
them.3



5. Pedius was sent to lead the new legions.



6. The Senones report that the Belgians are
gathering.4



7. The Senones informed Cæsar about the Belgians.




Notes.—
1 there: omit. 
2 to lead; do not express a purpose in Latin by the
infinitive. 
3 them: eas. 
4 are gathering: a passive form in Latin, because the
sense is, are being collected together.




 
Chapter III.





1. Ablative of Means: 248, 8, c; H. 420.



2. Ablative with potior, ūtor, etc.: 249; H.
421, I.



3. Accus. and Infin. of Indirect Discourse: 336, 2; H.
523, I.





1. Cæsar came unexpectedly to the borders of the Remi.



2. The Remi said they had not combined1 against the Roman
people.



3. They said they were ready to give hostages.



4. All the rest of the Belgæ2 had joined3 with
the Germans.



5. They aided Cæsar with corn and other4 things.



6. The Remi and their5 kinsmen enjoy the same laws.




Notes.—
1 they had not combined: themselves not to have
combined. 
2 of the Belgæ: not the genitive. 
3 had joined: in Latin, had joined themselves, if
you use coniungo. 
4 aliis. 
5 their: omit.




 
Chapter IV.





1. Indirect Questions: 334; H. 529, 1.



2. Substantive Clauses of Result: 332; H. 501.





1. Whence1 did very many of the Belgæ2
spring?



2. Cæsar asked whence very many of the Belgæ sprung.



3. What states are in arms?



4. Cæsar asked what states were in arms.


75

5. While Divitiacus was king, he was most powerful.



6. From Galba’s foresight and justice it results that he is a
powerful king.



7. From the valor of the Bellovaci it came about that they demanded
the management3 of the war.




Notes.—
1 Whence: unde. 
2 of the Belgæ: not the genitive. 
3 management: summa.




 
Chapter V.





1. Interest with Gen. of Person: 222; H. 406, III.



2. Infin. with Subject-Accus. as Subject: 270; H. 538.



3. Infin. with Subject-Accus. as Object: 272 and Rem.; H. 534.





1. The children of the leading men are brought to Cæsar as
hostages.



2. He orders all the children to be brought to him.1



3. It concerns Cæsar for2 the senate to come to him.



4. It concerns Divitiacus to send the forces of the Ædui.



5. Cæsar sees that3 the forces of the Belgæ are
hastening.



6. He learns that the Axona is not far away.



7. This river he crossed4 and protected his camp by means
of its banks.




Notes.—
1 him: in Latin, himself. 
2 for: not to be expressed in Latin. 
3 that: be careful about that-clauses. 
4 he crossed: use trānseo.




 
Chapter VI.





1. Ablative of Separation: 243; H. 413.



2. Cum Causal with Subjunctive: 326; H. 517.



3. Ablative Absolute: 255 and Note on p. 262; H. 431.





1. The enemy formed a testudo and advanced close to1 the
wall.



2. The enemy having hurled stones2 made a testudo.


76

3. Since there were so many,3 they undermined the
wall.



4. They easily cleared the walls of soldiers.



5. The Belgæ having cleared the wall made an attack.4



6. Having made an attack5 they threw missiles against the
wall.



7. Since the missiles were many, no one was able to stand on the
wall.




Notes.—
1 advanced close to: one word in Latin. 
2 having hurled stones: say, stones having been
hurled. Why? 
3 so many: tot. 
4 attack: use impetus. 
5 having made an attack: not impetum facti.




 
Chapter VII.





1. Ablative of Cause: 245; H. 416.



2. Perfect Participles of Deponents: 135, b.; H. 231, 2.





1. At midnight archers and slingers were sent by Cæsar to the
town.



2. On account of the assistance of the archers and slingers, the
people in the town1 had good hopes.



3. The enemy had no hope of taking2 the town, because of
the coming of Cæsar’s soldiers.



4. Cæsar, delaying3 a little while, sent aid to
Iccius.



5. The enemy, after laying waste the fields, hastened against Cæsar’s
camp.




Notes.—
1 people in the town: one word in Latin. 
2 of taking: expūgnandi. 
3 delaying: not present participle.




 
Chapter VIII.





1. Indirect Questions: 334; H. 529, I.



2. Partitive Genitive: 216; H. 396, IV.





1. What can the enemy do by their valor?



2. Cæsar tries what the valor of the enemy is capable
of.1


77

3. How much do our men dare?



4. Cæsar makes trial of the daring2 of his men.



5. How much space can Cæsar’s army occupy?



6. Cæsar explains3 over how much space the hill extended
in front.




Notes.—
1 is capable of: can. 
2 the daring of, etc.: recast the sentence mentally
before translating, thus: Cæsar makes trial what his men
dare. 
3 explains: docet.




 
Chapter IX.





1. Clauses of Purpose: 317 and 1; H. 497, II.



2. The Gerundive: 113, d, 2 and 296; H. 544, I.





1. He begins to1 cross the river.



2. They began to lead their forces across.



3. They lead their forces over in order to take the redoubt.



4. Cæsar has shown that the river was behind him.2



5. They will cross so as to lay waste the lands of the Remi.




Notes.—
1 He begins to: makes a beginning of. 
2 him: should it be eum or se?




 
Chapter X.





1. Passive of Intransitive Verbs: 230; H. 301, 1.



2. Accusative of Limit: 258, b and N. 1; H. 380, II. 2.



3. Substantive Clauses of Purpose: 331 and N. 1; H. 498.





1. Those of the Belgæ who were not killed returned home.



2. They resolve to fight in their own territories.



3. They decide that it is best1 to lead over their
army.



4. Divitiacus cannot be persuaded2 to advance to an
unfavorable place.



5. The Ædui were persuaded to return to their homes.



6. The enemy advancing into the river were surrounded.




Notes.—
1 that it is best: it to be best. 
2 recast the clause, before trying to turn it into
Latin.



78

 
Chapter XI.





1. Ablative of Time: 256; H. 429.



2. Perfect Participles: 290, d. 1 and 2; H. 550, N. 4.





1. On the departure of the enemy Cæsar sent ahead all his
cavalry.



2. At sunset the three legions returned1 into camp.



3. In the second watch they attacked the enemy’s rear.



4. The Belgæ, fearing2 an attack, set out at daybreak.



5. The spies, having seen3 the fugitives, bring back
word.4



6. Cæsar, after keeping his soldiers in camp, ordered Labienus to set
out.




Notes.—
1 returned: two words in Latin. 
2 fearing: the participle veritus does not
usually denote time prior to that of the main verb in the
sentence, like most perfect participles, but the same time. 
3 having seen: do not say vīsi. 
4 bring back word: use renūntio.




 
Chapter XII.





1. Ablative of Cause, 245; H. 413.



2. Ablative Absolute: 255 and Note on p. 262; H. 431.





1. Cæsar could not take the town on account of the great
number1 of the Suessiones.



2. Owing to2 the works of the Romans, their “vineæ” and
towers, the Suessiones send envoys.3



3. The next day Cæsar made a forced march and4 tried to
take the town.



4. The townsmen,5 making a surrender, got their
request.6



5. Because of their surrender they got their request.



6. The surrender made, they were spared.




Notes.—
1 great number: one word in Latin. 
2 Owing to: like “on account of,” not separately
expressed in Latin. 
3 envoys: use lēgātus. 
4 made a forced march and: a different turn in
Latin. 
5 townsmen: use oppidānus. 
6 got their request: one word.



79

 
Chapter XIII.





1. Cum Temporal with Subjunctive: 325; H. 521, II. 2.



2. Constructions with peto: 239, c. N. 1; H. 374, 2,
N. 4.





1. When the arms had been given up,1 the elders came
forth.



2. All the elders came out of Bratuspantium and begged Cæsar for
peace.2



3. Cæsar, when he had received their submission, asked the men for
their3 arms.



4. According to their4 custom they stretched out their
hands and asked the Romans for peace.




Notes.—
1 Render this clause in two ways: first by two words, then by
a full clause. So each of the three following sentences contains a
clause to be rendered in two ways. 
2 Cæsar for peace: quite otherwise in Latin. 
3 their: omit. 
4 their: is this to be expressed by eōrum?




 
Chapter XIV.





1. Ablative of Means: 248, 8, c; H. 420.



2. Ablative with ūtor, etc.: 249; H. 421, I.





1. Divitiacus intercedes for the conquered Belgæ.



2. Divitiacus begs that Cæsar will show1 clemency.



3. Cæsar will exercise kindness toward the Belgæ.



4. By the help of the Belgæ the Ædui sustain wars.



5. Divitiacus says the chiefs had fled to2 Britain.



6. If you show3 clemency, you will increase our
influence.



7. Whatever4 war befalls, by means of their5
resources we shall be able to hold out.




Notes.—
1 will show: not the future in Latin. 
2 to: not ad. 
3 show: not well rendered by present indicative. 
4 whatever: if any. 
5 their: eōrum.



80

 
Chapter XV.





1. Partitive Genitive: 216; H. 396, IV.



2. Ablative of Quality: 251; H. 419, II.



3. Causal Relative Sentences: 320, e; H. 517.





1. The territories of the Nervii border on the Ambiani.



2. The Nervii blame the Ambiani for having
surrendered.1



3. The Nervii have2 great influence among the Belgæ.



4. They use no wine, because it weakens3 character.



5. Those men think minds lose energy through wine.




Notes.—
1 for having surrendered: turn by a relative clause. 
2 have: say are (men) of. 
3 because it weakens: a relative clause with
subjunctive, to indicate their view, as distinguished from a statement
of fact.




 
Chapter XVI.





1. Comparative amplius, etc.: 247, c.; H. 417, N. 2.



2. Accusative of Time and Space: 256 and 257; H. 379.





1. The Nervii were distant a three days’ march.



2. Cæsar finds out that they are ten miles distant.



3. He learns from prisoners what the Nervii are
doing.1



4. They have taken a position more than five miles from the
Sambre.



5. He learns from prisoners that he2 is waited for by the
Nervii.




Notes.—
1 are doing: be careful about the mode. 
2 that he: himself.




 
Chapter XVII.





1. Use of quisquam: 202, c.; H. 457.



2. Relative Clauses of Purpose: 317; H. 497, I.



3. Substitutes for Partitive Gen.: 216, c.; H. 397, N. 3.





1. Certain of the Belgæ went by night to the camp of the Nervii.


81

2. Cæsar says that certain men went1 to the Nervii.



3. Many of the prisoners found out about the legions.



4. They were sent to their friends to report2 the
matter.



5. To lop trees is a matter3 of no difficulty at all.



6. Men were sent ahead to select4 a suitable place.




Notes.—
1 went: to have gone. 
2 to report: not the infinitive. 
3 matter, etc.: recast, before trying to turn into
Latin. 
4 to select: try two ways.




 
Chapter XVIII.





1. Descriptive Ablative: 251; H. 419, II.



2. Clauses of Result: 319; H. 500, I. and II.





1. Along the river Sambre were trees1 of great
height.2



2. Among these trees the Nervii keep themselves hidden.



3. So3 close together4 were these trees that
the Romans could not see through.



4. The river is of such depth that men can cross.



5. On the open ground are pickets of great courage.




Notes.—
1 trees: arbor, fem. 
2 height: the same word that means depth. 
3 So: ita. 
4 close together: crēber.




 
Chapter XIX.





1. Dative of Service: 233 a; H. 390.



2. Imperfect of Repeated Action: 277; H. 469, II.



3. Ablative of Manner: 248 and Rem.; H. 419, III.





1. The cavalry of the enemy kept making attacks.



2. They would attack our horsemen with great courage.



3. These horsemen had been sent ahead by Cæsar as a protection to the
camp.



4. Again and again did the enemy pour forward from the woods, where
they had hidden.



5. The slingers and archers helped1 the horsemen.


82

6. With great speed they would run as far as2 the
woods.



7. With wonderful bravery they engage in battle with the Nervii.




Notes.—
1 helped: two words in Latin. 
2 as far as: ad, or usque ad.




 
Chapter XX.





1. The Gerundive: 113, d.; H. 234.



2. Dative of Apparent Agent: 232; H. 388.



3. Ablative of Agent with ā or ab: 246; H.
415, I.






1. The soldiers are directed1 by Cæsar.



2. The soldiers must be directed by Cæsar.



3. The flag was displayed by the soldiers.



4. The flag had to be displayed by the soldiers.



5. Experience is often helpful2 to soldiers.



6. The work is hindered by3 the near approach4
of the enemy.




Notes.—
1 are directed: use doceo. 
2 helpful: turn by a noun. 
3 by the near approach: why not ā or
ab? 
4 near approach: one word.




 
Chapter XXI.





1. Ablative of Gerundive with Prepositions: 301; H. 544, 2.



2. Gerundive Construction instead of Gerund: 296; H. 544, 1.



3. Purpose expressed by Gerundive: 318 and b; H. 544, 2,
N. 2.





1. In looking for his shield a soldier lost time.



2. Time is wanting for putting on a helmet.



3. Seeing1 the standards, each one went forward.



4. A line was drawn up2 to resist3 the enemy’s
charge.



5. Cæsar encouraged the tenth legion for the purpose of
strengthening4 their courage.




Notes.—
1 seeing: not the gerundive. 
2 A line was drawn up: see chap. xx. 
3 resist: sustineo. 
4 strengthening: use cōnfīrmo.



83

 
Chapter XXII.





Clauses of Result with ut (ut nōn): 319; H.
500, II.





1. So dense was the hedge that it obstructed the view.



2. The result was that no legion could execute orders.



3. One legion opposes the foe in one part, another in another.




 
Chapter XXIII.





1. Place to which: 258; H. 380, I.



2. Place from which: 258; H. 412, I.



3. Place in which: 258, 4, and 260, b.; H. 425, 1.





1. The Roman soldiers drive the enemy, exhausted by wounds, into an
unfavorable place.



2. They followed them up from the left part of the line.



3. As they attempted1 to cross the river, a great
part of them were put to the sword.



4. In another part many of the Belgians were killed.



5. On the front the Belgæ pushed for the camp.



6. But at last they were put to flight.




Note.—
1 attempted: recast the sentence and express as they
attempted by a participle referring to a great part.




 
Chapter XXIV.





1. Position of causa with genitive: 245, c.



2. Temporal Clauses with cum: 325; H. 521, II. 2.





1. The Romans see that the horsemen are scared.



2. Horsemen were coming to Cæsar to render aid.



3. When the camp-followers had gone out for the purpose of
plundering, they saw that our men were fleeing.



4. Seeing the slingers flee,1 they fled
themselves.2




Notes.—
1 flee, to flee. 
2 themselves: use ipse.



84

 
Chapter XXV.





1. Ablative Absolute: 255 and a.; H. 431, 4.



2. Perfect Participles of Deponents: 290, d.; H. 195, 2.



3. Substitutes for Perf. Act. Partc.: 290, d. 2; H. 550,
N. 4.





1. Cæsar saw that the soldiers of the twelfth legion were hard
pushed.



2. Cæsar, seeing1 the soldiers of the twelfth legion hard
pushed, went to the right wing.



3. As2 all the standard-bearers were wounded, the
standards were lost.



4. Then Cæsar snatched a shield from a soldier.



5. The soldiers renewed their courage and delayed3 the
enemy’s attack.




Notes.—
1 seeing: not well rendered videns; try casting into a
clause—first with ubi, then with cum. 
2 As ... wounded: use a participial construction. 
3 renewed and delayed: it is better not to turn into
Latin by coördinate verbs.




 
Chapter XXVI.





1. Partitive Genitive: 216; H. 397.



2. Indirect Questions: 334; H. 529, I. & II.



3. Dative of Service and of Object: 233 and a.; H. 390.





1. One was sent for assistance to another.1



2. The soldiers of two legions guarded the baggage.2



3. He saw in how great peril the camp was.



4. They will leave nothing undone3 in point of
courage.



5. He will report to me in what state the army is.



6. He saw that the tenth was fighting very bravely.




Notes.—
1 another: bring the two forms of alius
together. 
2 guarded the baggage: make a different turn. 
3 leave nothing undone: a strange Latin idiom.



85

 
Chapter XXVII.





1. Temporal Clauses with cum: 325; H. 521, 2.



2. Clauses of Result with ut (ut nōn): 319; H.
500, II.



3. Clauses of Purpose with ut (ne, ut ne):
317; H. 497, II.





1. So great is the courage of the Nervii that they fight from the
heaps of corpses.



2. Ascending1 very high banks, they displayed the greatest
courage.



3. They dared to cross a wide stream in order to renew the fight.



4. The cavalry, to wipe out2 their disgrace, advance even
into a disadvantageous position.



5. The greatness of their spirit rendered difficult things easy.




Notes.—
1 ascending: turn by a clause with cum. 
2 To wipe out: not the infinitive.




 
Chapter XXVIII.





1. Ablative of Separation: 243; H. 413.



2. Substitutes for Partitive Genitive: 216, c; H. 397, N. 3.



3. Substantive Clauses of Purpose with ut (ne): 331; H.
498.





1. Of five hundred senators, three were left.



2. Out of forty (quadrāginta) thousand men, four hundred were
able to bear arms.



3. Cæsar will keep their1 neighbors from doing2
harm.



4. The name and nation of the Nervii are reduced3 almost
to destruction.



5. He orders the neighboring people to refrain from doing harm to the
Nervii.4




Notes.—
1 their: not suus. 
2 doing: omit. 
3 reduced: participle used as an adjective in the neuter
plural. 
4 Nervii: genitive.



86

 
Chapter XXIX.





1. Limit of Motion: 258 and b; H. 380 and 2.



2. Accusative of Duration of Time: 256; H. 379.



3. Locative Ablative with Preps.: 260, b; H. 425, I.





1. They carry all their property into one town.



2. During two days they hold out very bravely.



3. For many years they were harassed by the Gauls.



4. On two sides they have high rocks; on another, a wall.



5. Leaving six thousand men this side1 the Rhine, they
return2 home.




Notes.—
1 this side: cis. 
2 return: commonly revertor in the present,
reverti in the perfect.




 
Chapter XXX.





1. Ablative of Time when: 256; H. 429.



2. Imperfect of Repeated Action: 277; H. 469, II.



3. Perfect of Completed Action: 279; H. 471, I. and 6.





1. On the day of our arrival frequent sallies were made by the enemy
from the town.



2. During the first days they taunted us from the walls.



3. At a distance the soldiers made an “agger” and a tower.



4. Then the Aduatuci began to jeer.1



5. Can2 men of such little stature place a tower on our
wall?




Notes.—
1 jeer: two words in Latin. 
2 begin with num.




 
Chapter XXXI.





1. Causal Relative Clauses: 320, e; H. 517.



2. Dative with certain Intrans. Verbs: 227; H. 385.



3. Future Conditions less vivid: 307, b; H. 509, N. 1.





1. They surrender to Cæsar, since he is so powerful.1



2. The envoys say the enemy are jealous of their2
valor.


87

3. It is better to endure death than slavery.



4. If Cæsar should rob the Aduatuci of their arms,3 they
would be killed.



5. Their enemies would kill them, if they should surrender their
arms.



6. It is better to persuade them to give up their arms.




Notes.—
1 is so powerful: can so much (tantum). 
2 their: express by the proper form of
suus. 
3 of their arms: not the genitive.




 
Chapter XXXII.





1. Ablative of Cause: 245; H. 416.



2. Clauses of Result with ut (ut nōn): 319; H.
500, II.



3. Substantive Clauses of Purpose with ut (nē): 331; H.
498.





1. They order the people to deliver up their arms.



2. Through Cæsar’s orders, no wrong will be inflicted.



3. Cæsar spared, according to his custom, those who had
surrendered.1



4. Cæsar orders the neighbors of the Nervii not to harm
them.2



5. There is so great a quantity of arms in the town that a third part
is concealed.




Notes.—
1 those who had surrendered: one word in Latin. 
2 them: dative.




 
Chapter XXXIII.





1. Causal Clauses with cum: 326; H. 517.



2. Ablative Absolute: 255 and a; H. 431, 4.



3. Pass. of Intrans. Verbs used impersonally: 230; H.
465, 1.





1. 1The Aduatuci fought very spiritedly.



2. 1Thither hasten all the forces of the town.



3. After the shutting2 of the gates, the townsmen formed a
plan.


88

4. Since they had been driven back, they no longer3
defended themselves.



5. Now4 that the town was occupied, the booty was
sold.




Notes.—
1 Use the passive construction. 
2 After the shutting: turn in two ways. 
3 no longer: nōn iam. 
4 Now that the town was occupied: turn in two ways.




 
Chapter XXXIV.





1. Ablative of Agent with ā (ab): 246; H.
415, I.



2. Accus. and Infin. of Indirect Discourse: 330, 2; H.
523, I.





1. All the maritime states were subdued by Cæsar.



2. Cæsar says that the maritime states have been reduced.



3. At this time P. Crassus had been sent with one legion.



4. Crassus informs Cæsar that one legion has been sent to the
Veneti.



5. The Veneti, to whom one legion had been sent, border on the
ocean.




 
Chapter XXXV.





1. Relative Clauses of Purpose: 317, 2; H. 497, I.



2. Verbs of Promising, Hoping, etc.: 380, f.; 535, II.



3. Dative with Certain Adjectives: 234, a; H. 391, I.





1. The embassies promised to return1 the next summer.



2. Near the Rhine were many nations of barbarians.



3. These barbarians promised to do Cæsar’s bidding.



4. The barbarians send men to give2 hostages.



5. So great was the joy3 that a thanksgiving was
decreed.




Notes.—
1 to return: in the Latin idiom, themselves to be going to
return. 
2 to give: put in two ways. 
3 joy: gaudium.








89


 
VOCABULARY.




----




If the learner, as often as he refers to this vocabulary for the meaning
of a word, will glance over the group of words given in the Etymological
Vocabulary under the same root, he will find his knowledge of the
relations and meaning of words, and consequently his power to read
Latin, rapidly increase.






To reduce visual distraction, links in the Vocabulary are unmarked
except when you mouse over them. This feature may be overridden by
your own browser settings. All chapter references and roots are
linked.




The numbers at the end of most entries refer to chapters 1-35 in the
“simplified” text.




Roots in the form [APA-] or [2 DA-] are listed in the Etymological
Vocabulary. Brackets [ ] are in the original.




 A 
 B 
 C 
 D 
 E 
 F 
 G 
 H 
 IJ 
 L 

 M 
 N 
 O 
 P 
 Q 
 R 
 S 
 T 
 U 
 V 









 A



Ā or Ab (abs), prep. w. abl. [APA-], from, away from,
6,
13,
18,
24,
25; at the hands of,
31,
33; away, at a distance of,
1,
30; in, on, at,
23,
25; by,
1,
5,
9, etc.



Ab·dō, 3, -didī, -ditum [2
DA-], put away; hide, 19.



Ab·sum, -esse, āfuī [ES-], be away
from,
11; be distant,
4,
5,
6,
13,
10,
17,
21; with ā or ab and abl.



Āc, see At·que.



Ac·cēdō (adc-), 3, -cessī, -cessum [CAD-], go towards, approach,
13, w. ad and acc.; arise, increase
in,
7, with dat.



Ac·cidō (adc-), 3, -cidī, — [CAD-], fall to or towards; befall,
happen,
35; w. dat.

Cf. incidō, ēveniō.



Ac·cipiō (adc-), 3, -cēpī, -ceptum [CAP-], take to one’s self; accept,
15; receive,
13; suffer, 33.



Acervus, -ī, M. [1 AC-], thing brought to a point; pile,
heap, 32.



Aciēs, ēī- (-e,
23), F. [1 AC-], edge; line of battle,
army,
8,
9,
19,
20,
23, 25.



Ācr·iter, adv. [1 AC-],
sharply; fiercely, desperately,
10, 33.



Ad, prep. w. acc., to, towards,
8,
13,
28, etc.; up to,
17; near,
4,
19,
21,
33; for,
1,
4,
8,
21, etc.; after, according
to, 31.



Ad·aequō, 1 [IC-, AIC-],
make equal to, equal, 32.



Ad·clīvis (acc-), -e, adj. [CLĪ-], sloping upward,
29.

Cf. dēclīvis.



Ad·clīvitās (acc-), -ātis, F. [CLĪ-], upward
slope, rise,
18.

Cf. dēclīvitās, dēiectus.



Ad·com·modō (acconm-), 1 [2 MA-, MAD-], fit or adapt to; put
on,
21.

Cf. induō.



Ad·dūcō, 3, -dūxī, -ductum [DVC-], lead or bring to,
5; lead up,
1; w. ad and acc.



Ad·eō, -īre, -iī, -itum [1 I-], go
to; reach, get at, 7.



Ad·ferō (aff-), -ferre, attulī, allātum [1 FER-], bring or carry to, 1.


90

Ad·fīnitās (aff-), -ātis, F. [2 FID-],
relationship by marriage,
4.

Cf. propīnquitās.



Ad·gredior (agg-), 3, -gressus [GRAD-], go to, approach; attack,
9,
10.

Cf. adorior.



Ad·iciō, 3, -iēcī, -iectum [IA-,
IAC-], throw to or against; hurl,
cast, 21.



Ad·itus, -ūs, M. [1 I-, AI-], going to, approach,
16,
29; access, admittance, 15.



Ad·iuvō, 1, -iūvī, -iūtum [DIV-,
DI-, DIAV-], help, aid, 17.



Ad·ministrō, 1 [2 MAN-,
MI-], put the hand to; attend to,
20, 22.



Ad·orior, 4, -ortus [OL-,
OR-], rise up against; attack,
11,
17.

Cf. adgredior.



Ad·propīnquō (app-), 1 [PARC-, PLEC-], come near to, approach,
10,
31, w. dat.; 19, w. ad and acc.

Cf. subeō, succēdō.



Aduātucī, -ōrum, M.,
tribe, originally German, in Belgian Gaul, on left bank of the
Maas,
4,
16,
29, 31.



Ad·ventus, -ūs, M. [BA-, VA-, VEN-], coming to or drawing
near; approach, arrival,
7,
16,
25,
27,
30.

Cf. successus, aditus.



Ad·versus, -a, -um, adj. (P. of advertō) [VERT-], turned to or towards;
opposite, in the face,
8,
18,
24; adversō colle, up hill,
19; w. dat.



Aedi·ficium, -ī, N. [AID-; FAC-],
building, 7.



Aeduī, -ōrum, M.,
powerful Celtic people between upper courses of Loire and Seine,
5,
10,
14, 15.



Aeduus, -a, -um, adj., Aeduan,
5, 14.



Aegrē, adv., with regret or displeasure;
barely, with difficulty, 6.



Aequāl·iter, adv. [IC-, AIC-],
evenly, 18.



Aestās, -ātis, F. [AID-], burning season; summer,
2, 35.



Aestuārium, -ī, N. [AID-], pertaining to rolling; inlet,
sea-marsh, 28.



Aetās, -ātis, F. [1 I-, AI-], age, old age, 16.



Ager, -grī, M. [AG-], cultivated land; land, field,
4,
5,
7, 9.



Ag·ger, -eris, M. [GER-], that which is brought to a place, i.e.
materials for a mound,
20; mound, rampart,
12,
30, 32.



Āgmen, -inis, N. [AG-], that which is set in motion; marching
column,
11,
17,
19,
23, 26.



Agō, 3, ēgī, āctum [AG-],
put in motion; bring up,
12,
30; take along,
29; carry on, do, 20.



Aliās, adv. (acc. pl. F. of
alius) [2 AL- (ALI-)], at another time;
aliās ... aliās, at one time ... at another, 29.



Aliēnus, -a, -um, adj. [2 AL-
(ALI-)], belonging to another, another’s, 10.



Al·iter, adv. [2 AL-],
otherwise, in another manner, 19.



Alius, -a, -ud, adj., gen. alīus [2 AL-
(ALI-)], other, another, different,
20,
22,
23,
24,
26, 31.



Alter, -era, -erum, adj., gen. -ius [2
AL-], other (of two),
5,
21; alter ... alter, the one ... the
other.


91

Altitūdō, -inis, F. [1 AL-], elevation, height,
5,
12,
18,
31, 32.



Altus, -a, -um, adj. [1 AL-],
become great by nourishment; lofty, high,
27, 29.



Ambiānī, -ōrum, M.,
Belgian tribe near modern Amiens,
4, 15.



Amīcitia, -ae, F. [AM-], friendship, 14.



Ā·mittō, 3, -mīsī, -mīssum [MIT-], let go from one’s self;
lose, 25.



Ampli·ficō, 1 [PLE-, PLO-;
FAC-], make larger,
increase, 14.



Am·plius, adv. (N. compar.
of amplus) [ambi-; PLE-, PLO-], more,
7,
16, 29.



Andocumborius, -ī, M.,
man of high rank among the Remi, 3.



Andēs, -ium, M., tribe of
Gaul north of the Loire, modern Anjou, 35.



Angustus, -a, -um, adj., contracted; narrow,
difficult; in angustō, in a critical state, 25.



Animus, -ī, M. [AN-], soul; mind, feelings,
21; spirit, courage,
15,
21,
25,
27; character, 1.



Annus, -ī, M., that which
goes round; year, 29.



Ante, [ANT-], before; as
adv., = anteā, before, formerly,
12,
22,
33; as prep. w. acc., before
(of time),
35; (of place), 32.



Antīquitus, adv. [ANT-], from
ancient times; in olden times,
4; from of old, 17.



A·pertus, -a, -um, adj. (P. of aperiō) [2 PAR-, POR-], without covering; open,
unobstructed,
18,
19; uncovered, exposed, 23.



Ap·pellō (adp-), 1 [PAL-,
PEL-], bring one’s self to a person; accost,
address,
25; call, 4.



Ap·ud, prep. w. acc. [APA-],
near, among,
2,
4,
7, 14.



Ar·bitror, 1 [BA-, VA-], be
a hearer or spectator, think, suppose,
believe,
4,
28; w. acc. and inf.



Arbor, -oris, F. [1 AL-, AR-], tree, 17.



Ar·cessō, 3, -īvī, -ītum [CAD-], cause to come to; summon, send
for, 20.



Arduus, -a, -um, adj. [1 AL-, AR-,
strengthened to ARDH-], steep, 33.



Ariēs, -etis, M.,
battering-ram, 32.



Arma, -ōrum, N. [AR-], things adapted; arms, weapons,
3,
4,
9,
13, etc.



Armātūra, -ae, F. [AR-], arming; equipment,
10, 24.



Armō, 1 [AR-], furnish with
arms; arm, equip,
4, 27.



A·scendō (adsc-), 3, -dī, -scēnsum [SCAND-], mount up, climb, 27.



A·scēnsus (adsc-), -ūs, M. [SCAND-],
ascending; ascent, way up, 33.



At, conj., but, on the other hand,
23, 27.



At·que (before vowels and consonants), āc (before
consonants only), and also, and especially, and,
3,
5,
6, etc.; as,
6; than,
19.

Cf. et and -que.



Atrebatēs, -um, M.,
Belgian people in the region of modern Arras,
4,
16, 23.


92

At·tingō (adt-), 3, -tigī, -tāctum, [TAG-], touch against; approach,
reach,
32; border upon,
15, 34.



Auctōritās, -ātis, F. [AVG-], power, standing,
influence,
4,
14, 15.



Audāc·ter, adv. [1 AV-],
boldly,
10, 26.



Audeō, 2, ausus [1 AV-],
venture, dare,
8,
17,
19,
27; w. complementary infin.



Audiō, 4 [2 AV-], listen
to; hear, hear about,
12,
31, w. acc.; 12, w. acc. and infin.



Aulercī, -ōrum, M., tribe
in Bretagne and Normandy, 34.



Aurunculēius, -ī, M., L.
A. Cotta, lieutenant of Cæsar, 11.



Au·t, conj. [2 TA-], or
(excluding the other),
30,
33; aut ... aut, either ...
or, 25.



Au·tem, postpositive conj. [2 TA-],
but, on the other hand,
9; moreover, 19.



Auxilium, -ī, N. [AVG-], aid, support, assistance,
10,
24,
29; pl. auxiliary forces,
14.

Cf. subsidium.



Ā·vertō, 3, -tī, -sum [VERT-], turn away from.

Aversī, see note, 26.



Axona, -ae, F., river in
country of the Belgæ,
5, 9.




 B.



Baculus, -ī, M., P. Sextius
B., centurion, 25.



Baleāris, -e, adj., Balearic, of the Balearic
Islands, 7.



Barbarus, -a, -um, adj., foreign,
non-Roman, 35.



Belgae, -ārum, M.,
collective name of tribes living in the country bounded by the Seine,
Marne, Moselle, Rhine, and the ocean,
1,
2,
3, following.



Bellovacī, -ōrum, M.,
strongest tribe of the Belgæ, north of the Seine and on right bank of
the Oise and Somme,
4,
5,
10,
13, 14.



Bellum, -ī, N. [DVA-, DVI-], contest between two; war,
4,
9,
14,
16,
29,
31, 35.



Bibrax, -ctis, F. (N.?), town of the Remi, 6.



Boduōgnātus, -ī, M.,
leader of the Nervii, 23.



Bratuspantium, -ī, N.,
chief town of the Bellovaci, 13.



Brevitās, -ātis, F.,
shortness, brevity,
20,
30.

Cf. exiguitās.



Britannia, -ae, F.,
Britain,
4, 14.




 C.



Cadāver, -eris, N. [CAD-], that which falls down dead; dead
body, 27.



Cadō, 3, cecidī, cāsum [CAD-], fall, 27.



Caeroesī, -ōrum, M.,
German tribe in Belgian Gaul, 4.



Caesar, -aris, M., Gaius
Julius Cæsar, conqueror of Gaul and author of the Commentaries,
1,
2,
5, etc.



Calamitās, -ātis, F. [SCAL-], injury, disaster,
14, 28.



Caletī, -ōrum (-ēs, -um), M., tribe in Normandy, on the Seine, 4.


93

Cālō, -ōnis, M.,
groom, soldier’s servant,
24,
26, 27.



Captīvus, -a, -um, adj. [CAP-],
taken prisoner; captive,
16, 17.



Caput, -itis, N. [CAP-], head; individual,
person, 33.



Carnūtēs, -um, M.,
important Gallic tribe between the Loire and Seine
rivers, 35.



Castellum, -ī, N. dim. [SCAD-, CAD-], redoubt, stronghold,
8,
9,
29,
30, 33.



Castra, -ōrum, N. [SCAD-, CAD-], camp,
2,
5,
6, etc.



Cāsus, -ūs, M. [CAD-], falling; happening; chance,
21; misfortune, 31.



Causa, -ae, F. [CAV-], cause, reason,
1,
7,
10,
11; causā, used like prep. post-positive,
for the sake of, for the purpose of,
10,
15,
17,
20,
21, 24.



Cēdō, 3, cessī, cessum [CAD-], go; fall back; give way,
retreat, 19.



Celeritās, -ātis, F. [CEL-], swiftness, quickness,
12,
19,
20,
26, 31.



Celer·iter, adv. [CEL-],
swiftly, quickly, promptly,
3,
12,
23, 33.



Cēlō, 1 [2 CAL-, SCAL-],
hide, conceal,
32, 33.



Centum, num. adj. indeclin. [CEN-],
hundred, 4.



Centuriō, -ōnis, M. [CEN-], commander of a century,
centurion, captain,
17, 25.



Certus, -a, -um, adj. [2 CER-,
CRE-], determined; definite,
11; certain, regular,
22; certiōrem facere, inform,
1,
2,
10,
34; w. acc. and infin.



Cēterī, -ōrum, pl. adj. [CA-, CI-],
the others, rest,
3.

Cf. reliquī.



Cīmbrī, -ōrum, M., German
tribe which invaded Gaul and the Province in the second century,
4, 29.



Circi·ter, adv. [CVR-, CIR-; 1 I-], going in a circle; about, not
far from,
2,
8,
13,
18, 32.



Circu·itus, -ūs, M. [CVR-, CIR-; 1 I-], going
in a circle; circumference,
29, 30.



Circum-, prep. w. acc. [CVR-, CIR-],
around, about; here only in composition.



Circum·iciō, 3, -iēcī, -iectum [IA-, IAC-], throw around; place
around, 6.



Circum·mūniō, 4, [2 MV-],
wall up around; blockade, 30.



Circum·veniō, 4, -vēnī, -ventum [BA-, VA-, VEN-], come around; surround,
outflank,
8,
10,
23,
24, 26.



Cis, prep. w. acc. [CA-, CI-], on
this side, this side of, 3.



Citerior, -us, -ōris, adj. [CA-,
CI-], more on this side; hither, nearer,
1, 2.



Citrā, prep. w. acc. [CA-, CI-],
on this side, this side of,
29.

Cf. cis.



Cīvitās, -ātis, F., citizenship;
community,
3,
4,
5, etc.



Clāmor, -ōris, M. [1 CAL-], loud call; shouting,
11, 24.



Claudō, 3, -sī, -sum, shut, close,
33; close, bring up, 19.



Clē·mentia, -ae, F. [CLĪ-; 1 MAN-, MEN-],
indulgent disposition; gentleness, mildness,
14, 31.



Co·acervō, 1 [1 AC-], heap
up, 27.


94

Co·epī, -isse, -ptus (defective verb, with tenses from present
stem lacking) [AP-, OP-], have begun,
began,
5,
6,
10,
12,
13,
19,
23, 20.



Cō·gnōscō, 3, -gnōvī, -gnitum [GNA-, GNO-], understand thoroughly;
perceive, learn, ascertain,
2,
5,
11,
17, w. acc. and inf.; 4,
26, w. indir. question; plperf.
knew, 10.



Cō·gō, 3, -ēgī, -āctum [AG-],
drive together, compel; gather, rally,
2,
5.

Cf. condūcō.



Co·hors, -hortis, F.,
multitude enclosed; cohort,
5, 25.



Co·hortātiō, -ōnis, F.,
cheering on, urging, encouraging, appeal
to, 25.



Co·hortor, 1, cheer on, urge, call
upon,
5,
20,
21,
25, w. acc.; 21 foll. by clause
w. ut.



Collis, -is, M.,
hill,
8,
18,
19, 22.



Com·meātus (conm-), -ūs, M., going to and fro; train of
supplies, provisions,
5, 9.



Com·ĕs, -itis, M.,
comrade.



Com·memorō (conm-), 1 [1
SMAR-, MAR-], keep in mind; mention,
relate, 28.



Com·mittō (conm-), 3, -mīsī, mīssum [MIT-], cause to go together; join,
19, 21.



Com·modē (conm-), adv. [2 MA-,
MAD-], duly, aptly; easily,
advantageously, 20.



Com·moveō (conm-), 2, -mōvī, -mōtum [1 MV-, MOV-], move violently; startle,
alarm, make anxious,
2, 31.



Com·mūnis (conm-), -e, adj. [2
MV-], serving together; common, general,
4, 5.



Com·mūtātiō (conm-), -ōnis, F. [1 MV-, MOV-],
change, 27.



Com·parō (conp-), 1 [2
PAR-, POR-], bring or put together; get ready,
provide, procure,
2, 12.



Com·pellō (conp-), 3, -pulī, -pulsum [PAL-, PEL-], drive together, gather;
drive in a body, rout, 23.



Com·pleō (conp-), 2, -ēvī, -ētum [PLE-, PLO-], fill completely;
fill, 24.



Com·plūrēs (conp-), -a (-ia), gen. -ium, adj. [PLE-, PLO-, PLV-], several together, a large
number, 17.



Con-, for scom- = cum [SEC-], with, together; in composition,
denoting completeness or union; sometimes intensive.



Con·cīdō, 3, -cīdī, -cīsum [2
SAC-, SEC-, SCĪD-], cut up entirely; cut to pieces,
destroy, 11.



Con·cilium, -ī, N. [1 CAL-], that which is called together;
meeting, assembly,
4, 10.



Con·currō, 3, -currī or -cucurrī, -cursum [CEL-, CER-], run together; hurry,
rally, gather,
20, 33.



Con·diciō, -ōnis, F., [DĪC-, DIC-], talking together; agreement,
stipulation, terms,
15, 32.



Condrūsī, -ōrum, M.,
Belgic tribe on the Meuse, 4.



Con·dūcō, 3, -dūxī, -ductum [DVC-], lead together; collect,
muster,
2; hire, 1.



Cōn·ferō, -ferre, -tulī, -lātum [1
FER-], bring or bear together; gather,
collect,
15,
25,
29; with reflex. pronoun, betake one’s
self, go, 13.


95

Cōn·fertus, -a, -um, adj. (P. of cōn·ferciō), pressed
together; compact, in close array,
23; crowded together, 25.



Cōn·ficiō, 3, -fēcī, -fectum [FAC-], make completely; perform,
accomplish,
12; raise, put in the field,
4; exhaust, wear out,
23,
25, 27.



Cōn·fīdō, 3, -fīsus sum [1 FID-,
FĪD-] trust entirely; believe, trust firmly,
30, w. acc. and infin.



Cōn·fīrmō, 1 [2 FER-],
make firm; give assurance, pledge one’s self,
15, w. acc. and infin.; encourage,
reassure,
19; confirm, 11.



Cōn·flīgō, 3, -xī, -ctum [FLAG-,
FLIG-], strike or dash together; contend,
fight,
5; w. cum and abl.



Con·gredior, 3, -gressus [GRAD-], step together; meet, have an
engagement with, fight,
23.

Cf. cōnflīgō, pūgnō.



Cōn·iciō, 3, -iēcī, -iectum [IA-,
IAC-], throw together; hurl,
6,
27; drive, rout,
23; place hastily,
16,
28.

Cf. compellō.



Con·iungō, 3, -iūnxī, -iūnctum [IV-,
IVG-], draw together, join,
3,
4, 26.



Con·iūrō, 1 [IV-, IVG-],
swear together; make a sworn agreement, conspire,
1, 3.



Con·locō (coll-), 1, place,
station, set,
8,
19,
22,
29, 30.



Cōnor, 1, undertake, attempt,
9,
10,
12, 23.



Cōn·sanguineus, -a, -um, adj., possessing the same
blood; kindred, 3.



Cōn·scrībō, 3, -psi, -ptum [SCARP-], write together (in a list);
enroll, enlist,
2,
8, 19.



Cōn·sēnsus, -ūs, M. [SENT-], agreement, harmony,
concerted action,
28, 29.



Cōn·sentiō, 4, -sēnsī, -sēnsum [SENT-], feel with,
3; join hands (with), make
common cause with,
3; w. cum and abl.



Cōn-sequor, 3, -secūtus [SEC-], follow thoroughly; attain,
obtain, 1.



Cōn·servō, 1 [SAL-, SER-],
keep thoroughly; preserve, save, spare,
12,
15,
28,
31, 32.



Cōn·sīdō, 3, -sēdī, -sessum [SED-, SID-], sit down together; settle,
take position,
4, 16.



Cōn·silium, -ī, N.,
consultation; design, plan of action,
9,
14,
33; advice, suggestion, 17.



Cōn·similis, -e, adj., [2 SA-,
SIM-], altogether like, quite similar,
11; w. dat.



Cōn·sistō, 3, -stitī, — [STA-], make stand; take position,
stand,
6,
23,
26; make a stand, rally,
11,
17,
21; depend upon, be based
on, 33.



Cōn·spectus, -ūs, M. [SPEC-], view, sight, 25.



Cōn·spiciō, 3, -spēxī, -spectum [SPEC-], look at with attention; behold,
catch sight of, see,
21,
26, w. acc.; 24, w. acc. and infin.



Cōn·spicor, 1 [SPEC-],
get a sight of, espy, observe,
26,
27.

Cf. cōnspiciō.



Cōn·stanter, adv. [STA-],
standing firm; uniformly, 2.


96

Cōn·stituō, 3, -uī, -ūtum [STA-], place together; determine,
appoint, fix,
11; set up, place,
12,
30; station,
8,
19; decide,
10, w. acc. and infin.

Cf. statuō.



Cōn·suēscō, 3, -suēvī, -suētum [SOVO-, SVO-], accustom; become
accustomed; pf. be accustomed (= solēre),
14, 31.



Cōn·suētūdō, -inis, F. [SOVO-, SVO-], custom, habit,
17,
19,
32.

Cf. mōs.



Con·temptus, -ūs, M. [TEM-], scorn, contempt, 30.



Con·tendō, 3, -dī, -ntum [1 TA-,
TEN-], strain with all one’s might; march, push
on, hasten,
7,
9,
10,
12,
19,
23,
24; struggle, contend,
9,
13, 30.



Con·tineō, 2, -uī, -tentum [1
TA-, TEN-], hold or keep together; restrain,
hold back,
11; keep,
11,
18, 30.



Con·trā, adv. [SEC-],
against, on the other hand,
17; as prep., w. acc.,
1,
3,
13, 33.



Con·trārius, -a, -um, adj. [SEC-],
situated over against, opposite,
18; w. dat.



Con·tumēlia, -ae, F. [TEM-], great swelling; disgrace,
insult, 14.



Con·vēniō, 4, -vēnī, -ventum [BA-,
VA-, VEN-], come together, meet,
5,
10,
12; impersonal, be agreed
upon, 19.



Convertō, 3, -tī, -sum [VERT-], wholly turn; turn around,
turn, direct, 26.



Con·vocō, 1 [VOC-], call
together, summon, 10.



C·ōpia, -ae, F. [AP-, OP-], ability; ample supply,
supply,
2; pl., resources, supplies,
10; forces, troops,
5,
7,
8, etc.



Cornū, -ūs, N. [CAR-], horn; wing of an army,
23, 25.



Corpus, -oris, N. [1 CER-, CRE-], what is made; body,
30; corpse,
10, 27.



Cortex, -icis, M. and F. [CAR-], part
that splits off; bark, 33.



Cotī·diē, adv. [CA-; DIV-, DI-], on every day; daily,
regularly, 8.



Cotta, -ae, M., L.
Arunculeius, one of Cæsar’s lieutenants, 11.



Crassus, -ī, M., P.
Licinius, one of Cæsar’s lieutenants, 34.



Crēber, -bra, -brum, adj. [1 CER-,
CRE-], made to increase; thick, numerous,
frequent,
1,
17, 30.



Crēdō, 3, -didī, -ditum [CRAT-; 2 DA-], put trust
in; believe,
33, w. acc. and infin.

Cf. cōnfīdō.



Crēs, -ētis, M.,
Cretan, 7.



Cruciātus, -ūs, M. [CVR-, CIR-], torture, 31.



Cum, prep. w. abl. [SEC-],
with, in company with, together with,
3,
10,
13, etc.; at same time with,
5,
7,
16; with, provided with,
11, 33.



Cum, conj. [CA-, CI-], temporal,
when,
1,
4,
6,
8, following; cum prīmum, as soon as,
2; causal, as, since,
11,
17,
22, etc.; concessive, although,
while,
29; cum ... tum, both ... and, 4.



C·ūnctus, -a, -um, adj. [IV-, IVG-],
all together; all, entire, 29.



Cupiō, 3, -īvī, -ītum, desire eagerly, be
eager, 25.


97

Curiosolitēs, -um, M. (acc.
-ēs, ās), people of Armoric Gaul, 34.



Cursus, -ūs, M. [CEL-, CER-], running, speed,
23, 26.



Custōdia, -ae, F. [SCV-, CV-], guard-keeping; guard,
protection, 29.




 D.



Dē, prep. w. abl., from; down from,
32; of time, in, about,
7; for, on account of,
7; for, about,
concerning,
2,
4,
6, etc.



Dē·beō [for dehibeō], 2, -uī, -itum [HAB-], have from; impersonal, owe,
ought,
27, 33.



Decem, num. adj. indecl. [DEC-],
ten, 4.



Dē·cernō, 3, -crēvī, -crētum [2
CER-, CRE-], decide; decide upon,
decree, 35.



Dē·certō, 1 [2 CER-],
fight a decisive battle,
10.

Cf. conflīgō, congredior, dīmicō, pūgnō.



Decimus, -a, -um, adj. [DEC-],
tenth,
21,
23,
25, 26.



Dē·clīvis, -e, adj. [CLĪ-],
inclining down-hill, sloping, 18.



Decumānus (deci-), -a, -um, adj. [DEC-], of the tenth cohort, in the phrase,
decumāna porta, rear gate,
24, main entrance to a Roman camp.



Dē·currō, 3, -cucurrī or -currī, -cursum [CEL-, CER-], run down,
19, 21.



Dē·ditīcius, -a, -um, adj. [1 DA-],
one who has surrendered; as noun, M., prisoner of war,
17; subjects, 32.



Dē·ditiō, -ōnis, F. [1 DA-], giving one’s self up; surrender,
12,
13,
32, 33.



Dē·dō, 3, -didī, -ditum [1
DA-], give up or away; surrender,
15,
28, 32.



Dē·dūcō, 3, -xī, -ductum [DVC-], lead away, bring off,
2,
33,
35; bring (to),
10,
31.

Cf. redigō.



Dē·fendō, 3, -dī, -fēnsum [FEN-,
FEND-], thrust away; repel,
29; defend,
10,
12,
31, 33.



Dē·fēnsiō, -ōnis, F. [FEN-, FEND-], protection,
defence, 7.



Dē·fēnsor, -ōris, M. [FEN-, FEND-], defender,
6, 12.



Dē·ferō, -ferre, -tulī, -lātum [1
FER-], bear or bring away; bear, report,
17,
19; bestow,
4; w. ad and acc.



Dē·ficiō, 3, -fēcī, -fectum [FAC-], make from; give out, fail,
10; revolt (from),
forsake, desert,
14; w. ab and abl.



Dē·iciō, 3, -iēcī, -iectum [IA-,
IAC-], hurl down; drive away, dislodge, 27.



Dē·iectus, -ūs, M. [IA-, IAC-], slope, declivity,
8,
22.

Cf. dēclīvis, adclīvis.



De·inde, adv. [2 I-], from
here; thereupon, then, in the next
place, 1.



Dē·leō, 2, -ēvī, -ētum [LI-],
wipe out, destroy, 27.



Dē·ligō, 3, -lēgī, -lēctum [1
LEG-, LIG-], choose out; choose, select,
17,
18,
29.

Cf. ēlīgō.



Dē·mōnstrō, 1 [1 MAN-,
MEN-], point out, explain, mention,
1,
9,
22; w. acc. and infin., 17.


98

Dēnique, adv., and thereupon, finally; at any
rate, at least, 33.



Dēnsus, -a, -um, adj., thick, dense,
close, 22.



Dē·pōnō, 3, -posuī, -positum [1
SA-, SI-], put aside or down; lay aside,
place in safety, 29.



Dē·populor, 1 [SCAL-,
SPOL-], lay waste, ravage, 7.



Dē·precor, 1 [PREC-],
avert by praying; petition against, pray to be
spared, 31.



Dē·serō, 3, -uī, -tum [1 SER-,
SVAR-], undo, sever connection with; abandon,
desert,
25, 29.



Dē·sistō, 3, -stitī, — [STA-], remove from; cease,
stop, 11.



Dē·spectus, -ūs, M. [SPEC-], looking down upon; opportunity for
distant views, prospect, 29.



Dē·spērō, 1 [SPA-, PA-],
give up hope; despair of, 24.



Dē·spoliō, 1 [SCAL-, SPOL-],
rob, deprive,
31; w. acc. and abl.



Dē·sum, -esse, -fuī [ES-], be
away; be lacking, fail,
21.

Cf. dēficiō.



Dē·terreō, 2, -uī, -itum [TER-,
TERS-], frighten from; prevent, deter, 3.



Dē·trahō, 3, -xī, -ctum, drag from; take
from, remove, 25.



Dē·trūdō, 3, -sī, -sum, thrust away;
remove,
21.

Cf. dētrahō.



Dē·veniō, 4, -vēnī, -ventum [BA-,
VA-, VEN-], come down into; come to, reach,
21; w. prep. and acc.

Cf. adpropīnquō.



Dexter, -tra, -trum, adj, right, on the right
hand,
23, 25.



(Diciō), -ōnis, F., no nom.
[DIC-, DĪC-], sway,
control, 34.



Dīcō, 3, -xī, -ctum [DĪC-,
DIC-], point out by speaking; say, state,
mention,
1,
3,
4, etc.; w. acc. and infin.



Diēs, -ēī, M. and F. [DIV-, DI-],
day,
2,
5,
6, etc.



Dif·ficilis (disf-), -e, adj. [FAC-], not to be done; difficult,
hard, 27.



Dif·ficultās (disf-), -ātis, F. [FAC-],
difficulty, strait, trouble, 20.



Dī·ligen·ter, adv. [1 LEG-, LIG-],
attentively, scrupulously, with painstaking,
5, 28.



Dī·mētior, 4, -mēnsus [1 MA-,
MAN-], measure off; stake off, lay out,
survey, 19.



Dī·micō, 1, move rapidly back and forth;
fight, contend,
21.

Cf. cōnfligō, congredior, contendō.



Dī·mittō, 3, -mīsī, mīssum [MIT-], send out in different directions,
despatch,
5,
14, 21.



Dī·ripiō, 3, -uī, -reptum [RAP-,
RVP-], tear in pieces; sack, plunder, 17.



Dis·cēdō, 3, -cessī, -cessum [CAD-], go apart; go away, depart,
7,
11, 20.



Dis·cessus, -ūs, M. [CAD-], departure, withdrawal, 14.



Dis·sipō, 1, scatter, break up, 24.



Dis·tineō, 2, -uī, -tentum [1
TA-, TEN-], keep apart; prevent union of,
separate, 5.



Diū, adv. [DIV-, DI-], by
day; for a long time, long; compar. diūtius,
1,
6, 10.


99

Dī·versus, -a, -um, adj. (P. of dīvertō) [VERT-], turned away from; facing in different
directions,
22; different,
23; separated, 24.



Dīvīnus, -a, -um, adj. [DIV-, DI-],
of the gods, divine, 31.



Divitiacus, -ī, M.,
leader of the Ædui, brother of Dumnorix,
5,
10,
14,
15; chieftain of the
Suessiones, 4.



Dō, dare, dedī, datum [1 DA-],
give,
2,
3,
20,
21,
35; inter sē, exchange, 1.



Doceō, 2, -uī, -ctum [DIC-, DAC-
(DOC-)], show, teach, explain,
5, 20.



Domesticus, -a, -um, adj. [DOM-],
of home, native, own, 10.



Domi·cilium, -ī, N. [DOM-; 2 CAL-, SCAL-],
dwelling-place, 29.



Dominor, 1, lord it, be master, 31.



Domus, -ūs, F. [DOM-], home,
10,
11,
24, 29.



Du·bitō, 1 [DVA-; BA-], go to and fro; doubt,
hesitate,
2, 23.



Du·centī, -ae, -a, num. adj. [DVA-,
DVI-; CEN-], two hundred,
18, 29.



Dūcō, 3, -xī, ductum [DVC-],
lead, conduct,
8,
12,
13, 19.



Dum [for dium], adv. [DIV-, DI-],
while.



Duo, -ae, -o, num. adj. [DVA-,
DVI-], two,
2,
7,
8,
9, etc.



Duo·decimus, -a, -um, adj. [DVA-,
DVI-; DEC-], twelfth,
23, 25.



Duo·dē·vīgintī, num. adj. indecl. [DVA-, DVI-], eighteen, 5.



Du·plex, -icis, adj. [DVA-; PARC-, PLEC-], twofold, double, 29.



Dux, -cis, M. [DVC-], leader,
23; guide, 7.




 E.



Ē or Ex, prep. w. abl., from, out of,
3,
6,
13, etc.; after,
6; on,
8; in consequence of, 35.



Eburōnēs, -um, M.,
Belgian people near the Rhine, 4.



Ē·ditus, -a, -um, adj. (P. of ēdō) [1
DA-], set forth; elevated, rising, 8.



Ē·dūcō, 3, -xī, -ductum [DVC-], lead out, lead forth, 8.



Ef·ficiō (ecf-), 3, -fēcī, -fectum [FAC-], work out; bring about,
effect,
5,
17; w. ut and subj.



Ē·gredior, 3, -gressus [GRAD-], go out; sally forth,
24; depart from, go forth,
11, 13.



Ē·gregiē, adv., out of the flock; remarkably,
excellently, 29.



Ē·ligō, 3, -lēgī, -lēctum [1
LEG-, LIG-], choose out; pick from, choose,
4.

Cf. dēligo.



Ē·mittō, 3, -mīsī, -mīssum [MIT-], send out; hurl, let
fly, 23.



Emō, 3, ēmī, ēmptum [EM-],
take in exchange; buy, 33.



Ē·nāscor, 3, -nātus [GEN-, GN-,
GNA-], grow out, spring up; sprout
forth, 17.



Enim, co-ord. conj., post-positive, for, in
fact,
17.

Cf. nam.



Eō, adv. (old dat. or abl. N. of is) [2 I-],
there, thither,
3,
5,
25, 33.


100

Equĕs, -itis, M., [2 AC-], horseman, cavalry-man,
knight,
9,
18,
19,
24,
26, 27.



Equester, -tris, -tre, adj. [2 AC-],
of horsemen, cavalry,
8, 9.



Equitātus, -ūs, M. [2 AC-], riding; cavalry,
10,
11,
17, 19.



Ergō, because of; therefore.



Ē·ruptiō, -ōnis, F. [RAP-, RVP-], bursting forth;
sally, 33.



Esuviī, -ōrum, M., people
in Normandy, 34.



Et, co-ord. conj. and,
1,
2,
3, etc.; et ... et, both ... and,
3,
4,
5, etc.



Et·iam, adv. and conj. and now; also,
1,
4,
14,
16,
17,
21; even, still,
4,
25, 27.



Ē·ventus, -ūs, M. [BA-, VA-, VEN-], coming forth; outcome,
issue, result, 22.



Ex, see Ē.



Ex·agitō, 1 [AG-],
disturb, harass, 29.



Ex·animō, 1 [AN-], deprive
of life; make breathless, 23.



Ex·audiō, 4 [2 AV-], hear
distinctly; hear from a distance, 11.



Ex·cēdō, 3, -cessī, -cessum [CAD-], go out; withdraw, go
away, 25.



Ex·cursiō, -ōnis, F. [CEL-, CER-], running forth; sally,
30.

Cf. ēruptiō.



Ex·eō, -īre, -iī, -itum [1 I-], go
out; withdraw,
33.

Cf. excēdō.



Ex·ercitō, 1 [ARC-] (drive
out of the enclosure), keep busy; train,
drill, 20.



Ex·ercitus, -ūs, M. [ARC-], trained body of men; army,
1,
2,
5, etc.



Ex·iguitās, -ātis, F.,
scantiness, shortness,
21, 33.



Ex·imius, -a, -um [EM-], taken out
from; eminent, excellent, high, 8.



Ex·istīmō, 1, judge, value; judge,
think, believe,
2,
15,
17,
31; w. acc. and infin.



Ex·pedītus, -a, -um, adj. (P. of expediō) [PED-], unencumbered, in light marching
order, 19.



Ex·pellō, 3, -pulī, -pulsum [PAL-, PEL-], drive out, banish, 4.



Ex·perior, 4, -pertus [1 PAR-,
PER-], try thoroughly; test, try, 16.



Ex·plōrātor, -ōris, M. [PLV- (PLOV-)], searcher out; scout,
spy,
5,
11,
17.

Cf. speculātor.



Ex·plōrō, 1 [PLV- (PLOV-)],
search out; try to find out, reconnoitre, 4.



Ex·pūgnō, 1 [PAC-, PAG-,
PVG-], take by storm; take,
9,
10, 12.



Ex-spectō, 1 [SPEC-],
look out for greatly; wait for, await,
9,
16, 20.



Ex·struō, 3, -strūxī, -strūctum [STRV-], pile up thoroughly; erect,
construct, 30.



Extrēmus, -a, -um, adj., furthest; most distant,
extreme,
5,
8,
25; last,
11,
27, 33.




 F.



Facile, adv. [FAC-], easily,
1,
6,
17,
18,
19, 25.



Facilis, -e, adj. [FAC-], able to
be done; easy, 27.


101

Faciō, 3, fēcī, factum; pass. fīō, fĭerī, factus [FAC-], do, perform,
3,
5,
6, etc.; make,
1,
2,
6, etc.; cause, bring about,
4, 11.

See certus.



Facultās, -ātis, F. [FAC-], power of doing; opportunity;
pl. resources, facilities, 1.



Fallō, 3, fefellī, falsum, cause to stumble;
deceive, 10.



Fastīgātus, -a, -um, adj. (P. of fastīgō), brought to a
point; sloping,
8.

Cf. adclīvis, dēclīvis.



Ferāx, -ācis, adj. [1 FER-], apt
to bear; fertile, 4.



Ferē, adv. [2 FER-, FRE-],
nearly, almost,
23,
25, 31.



Ferō, ferre, tulī, lātum [1 FER-],
bear, bring, carry,
10,
26,
28; bear, endure,
1, w. acc. and infin.; rush
(in pass.), 24.



Fertilitās, -ātis, F. [1 FER-], fruitfulness,
fertility, 4.



Ferus, -a, -um, adj., wild, fierce,
ferocious,
4, 15.



Fidēs, fidē (rare), F. [1 FID-], trust, confidence;
protection,
3,
13,
14, 15.



Fīlius, -ī, M.,
son, 13.



Fīnis, -is, M. [2 FID-], dividing thing; end,
limit,
6,
19; pl. land, territory,
2,
4,
5, etc.



Fīnitimus, -a, -um, adj. [2 FID-],
bordering upon; neighboring,
2; pl. neighbors,
4,
16,
17,
28,
29, 31.



Fīō, fĭerī, factus, be made, become, see
faciō.



Flūmen, -inis, N., that
which flows; river,
5,
9,
10, etc.



Fōrs, fōrte, nom. and abl. only, F. [1 FER-], that
which brings; chance, 21.



Fōrte, adv., abl. of fōrs, by chance;
perhaps, 31.



Fortis, -e, adj. [2 FER-],
courageous, brave, stout-hearted,
25, 33.



Fort·iter, adv. [2 FER-],
bravely, gallantly,
11,
21, 26.



Fōrtūna, -ae, F. [1 FER-], fortune,
16,
22, 31.



Fossa, -ae, F., thing
dug; ditch,
5,
8,
12, 32.



Frāter, -tris, M.,
brother, 3.



Fremitus, -ūs, M., dull
roar; din, noise,
24.

Cf. strepitus.



Frōns, -ntis, F. [FVR-, FERV-], brow; front,
8,
23, 25.



Frūmentārius, -a, -um, adj. [1 FVG-,
FRVG-], of grain; w. res, grain supply,
2, 10.



Frūmentum, -ī, N. [1 FVG-, FRVG-], thing eaten; corn,
grain, 3.



Fuga, -ae, F. [2 FVG-], fleeing; flight, rout,
11,
12,
23,
24,
26, 27.



Fugiō, 3, fūgī, — [2
FVG-], flee, fly,
11, 24.



Fūmus, -ī, M., rushing
thing; smoke, 7.



Funditor, -ōris, M.,
slinger,
7,
10,
19, 24.



Furor, -ōris, M. [FVR-], raging; blind passion,
madness, 3.




 G.



Galba, -ae, M., king of
the Suessiones,
4, 13.



Galea, -ae, F. [2 CAL-, SCAL-], covering; helmet, 21.


102

Gallia, -ae, F.,
Gaul,
1,
2,
3,
4, 35.



Gallus, -ī, M., a
Gaul,
1,
2,
4,
6,
12,
17,
24, 30.



Gēns, gentis, F., what is
begotten; race, tribe, 28.



Germānī, -ōrum, M.,
Germans,
1,
3, 4.



Gerō, 3, gessī, gestum [GER-], bear; carry on, go on with,
9,
31,
35; pass., be carried on, take
place,
2,
26; rēs gestae, operations,
campaigns, 35.



Gladius, -ī, M. [CEL-, CER-], sword,
23, 25.



Grātia, -ae, F.,
favor, popularity, influence, 6.



Gravis, -e, adj., heavy; severe,
serious, 25.




 H.



Habeō, 2 [HAB-],
grasp; have, possess,
1,
3,
4,
8,
29; with reflex pronoun, be, 19.



Hībernācula, -ōrum, N. [HĪM-], winter quarters, 35.



Hībernus, -a, -um, adj. [HĪM-],
belonging to winter; hīberna (castra), winter
quarters, 1.



Hī·c, haec, hōc, demonstr. pron. [CA-,
CI-], this, this of mine,
1,
2,
4, etc.; he, she, it,
3,
4,
9, etc.



Hiemō, 1 [HĪM-], pass the
winter, 1.



Homō, -inis, M. [HAM-], man, person,
1,
4,
6,
15,
27, etc.



Honōs (honor), -ōris, M., honor, distinction, 15.



Hostis, -is, M., one who
hurts; enemy,
5,
7,
8,
9, etc.




 I.



Iaceō, 2, -ui, — [IA-, IAC-], be
thrown; lie, 27.



Iaciō, 3, iēcī, iactum [IA-,
IAC-], hurl, throw,
6,
32,
33; throw up,
construct, 12.



Iam, adv., at this or that time; now,
19; neque iam, and no longer,
5,
20,
25, 33.



Ibī, adv. [2 I-], in that
place, there,
4,
5,
8, etc.



Iccius, -ī, M., Belgian
of high rank,
3,
6, 7.



Ī·dem, eadem, idem, determ. pron. [2
I-; 3 DA-], the very; same,
3,
6,
7,
16, etc.



Iden·t·idem, adv. [2 I-], very
same; again and again, 19.



I·dōneus, -a, -um, adj. [2 I-],
fit; suitable,
8, 17.



Īgnis, -is, M. [AG-], fire; camp-fire,
7; signal-fire, beacon, 33.



Ille, -a, -ud, gen. illīus, demonstr. pron. [ANA-], that; that one, the former,
9,
33; latter, 19.



Illyricum, -ī, N.,
coastland on eastern side of upper Adriatic, 35.



Im·pedīmentum (inp-), -ī, N. [PED-], thing
entangling; hindrance,
25; pl., baggage,
17,
24,
29; baggage-train,
pack-animals,
17,
19,
24,
26.

Cf. sarcina.



Im·pediō (inp-), 4 [PED-], get the feet in, entangle;
hinder, embarrass, make difficult,
9,
10,
17,
20,
22,
23, 28.



Im·pellō (inp-), 3, -pulī, -pulsum [PAL-, PEL-, PVL-], drive on; incite,
influence, 14.


103

Im·perātor (inp-), -ōris, M. [2 PAR-, POR-],
commander (in chief),
25, 26.



Im·perātum, -ī, N.,
command,
3, 35.



Im·perium (inp-), -ī, N. [2 PAR-, POR-],
command, order,
1,
20,
22; chief command, authority,
4,
23; power, control,
1,
3, 11.



Im·perō (inp-), 1 [2
PAR-, POR-], put a command upon; impose upon,
command,
3,
21,
28,
32,
35; direct, dictate,
11,
33; w. dat. and subjunctive w. ut.



Im·petrō (inp-), 1 [POT-], accomplish; obtain, succeed in
obtaining a request,
12; w. ut and subjunctive.



Im·petus (inp-), -ūs, M. [PET-], onset,
attack, charge,
11,
19,
21,
24,
25; fury, violence, 6.



Im·prō·vīsus (inp-), -a, -um, adj. [VID-], not foreseen; dē imprōvīsō,
unexpectedly, without notice, 3.



In, prep. w. acc. and abl. [ANA-],
into, to,
2,
3,
5; in,
5,
8,
29, etc.; in, within,
on,
1,
2,
8, etc.; upon, over,
5,
29,
30; among,
25; in the case of, 32.



In·cendō, 3, -dī, -cēnsum, put fire in; set
on fire, 7.



In·cĭdō, 3, -cĭdī, — [CAD-], fall into; happen, occur,
14.

Cf. accĭdō, ēveniō.



In·cīdō, 3, -cīdī, -cīsum [2
SAC-, SEC-, SCĪD-, CĪD-], cut into, notch, 17.



In·cipiō, 3, -cēpī, -ceptum [CAP-], take in hand; begin,
2; w. compl. infin.



In·citō, 1 [CI-], set in
rapid motion; urge on, hurry, hasten,
26.

Cf. impellō.



In·colō, 3, -uī, — inhabit, live
in,
4; live, dwell,
3, 35.



In·crē·dibilis, -e, adj. [CRAT-;
2 DA-], not to be believed;
marvellous, incredible, 19.



In·crepitō, 1, —, —, make noise
against; upbraid, taunt, abuse,
15, 30.



In·cūsō, 1 [CAV-], make
charges against, accuse, rebuke, 15.



Inde, adv. [2 I-], from that;
then, next, 19.



In·dīgnitās, -ātis, F.,
unworthiness; outrage, insult, 14.



In·dī·ligen·ter, adv. [1 LEG-,
LIG-], carelessly, listlessly, 33.



In·dūcō, 3, -xī, -ductum [DVC-], lead into; draw on,
cover, 33.



Ind·uō, 3, -uī, -ūtum, put into; put
on, 21.



In·eō, -īre, -īvī and -iī, -itum [1
I-], go into; enter upon, undertake,
33; begin,
2, 35.



In·ermis, -e, adj. [AR-], without
armor; unarmed, 27.



Īnferior, -ius, adj. (compar. of īnferus), lower,
25; inferior, 8.



Īnfimus, -a, -um, adj. (superl. of above), lowest;
lowest part of, bottom, 18.



Īn·ferō, -ferre, -tulī, illātum (inlatum) [1 FER-], bring into; make upon,
wage,
14,
29; inspire in,
25; bring upon, cause,
inflict,
14,
32; carry forward, advance,
25,
26; bring in, import,
15; w. acc., or acc. and dat.


104

Īn·flectō, 3, -flēxī, -flexum, bend, bend
down, 17.



In·gredior, 3, -gressus [GRAD-], go into, enter, 4.



In·imīcus, -a, -um, adj. [AM-],
not friendly; hostile,
31.

Cf. hostis.



In·īquitās, -ātis, F. [IC-, AIC-], unevenness,
inequality, 22.



In·īquus, -a, -um, adj. [IC-, AIC-],
not equal; uneven, unfavorable,
10,
23,
27, 33.



In·itium, -ī, N. [1 I-], entering upon; beginning,
9; w. partit. gen.



In·iūria, -ae, F. [IV-, IVG-], thing done contrary to justice;
wrong, injury, violence,
28,
32, 33.



In·nītor, 3, -nīxus, lean upon, prop one’s
self on, 27.



In·rīdeō (irr-), 2, -rīsī, -rīsum, laugh in
ridicule; laugh at, mock, 30.



Īn·sequor, 3, -secūtus [SEC-], follow close upon; follow up,
pursue,
19, 23.



Īn·sidiae, -ārum, F. [SED-, SID-], taking a position at;
stratagem, trap, snare, 11.



Īn·sīgne, -is, N. [3 SAC-], distinctive mark; sign,
signal,
20; ornament, crest, 21.



Īn·sistō, 3, -stitī, — [STA-], set one’s self on; take a stand on,
27; w. dat.



Īn·star, indecl., N.,
image; used as pred. adj., like, in form of,
17; w. gen.



Īn·stō, 1, -stitī, -statūrus [STA-], stand upon; press forward, 25.



Īn·struō, 3, -strūxī, -strūctum [STRV-], build into; arrange, draw
up,
8,
20,
22; build, erect, 30.



Intel·legō (interl-), 3, -lēxī, -lēctum [1 LEG-], choose between; understand,
be aware, know, find out,
8,
10,
33; w. acc. and infin.; 14, w. indir.
quest.



Inter, prep. w. acc. [ANA-], in
the midst; between,
9,
17; among,
1,
4,
6,
15,
19,
24, 31.



Inter·cēdō, 3, -cessī, -cessum [CAD-], go between; be between, move
between, 17.



Inter·cipiō, 3, -cēpī, -ceptum [CAP-], take between; intercept, 27.



Inter·eā, adv. [ANA-; 2 I-] between these things; in the
meantime, meanwhile.



Inter·ficiō, 3, -fēcī, -fectum [FAC-], make to be between, break in
pieces; kill, put to death,
10,
11,
23,
25,
31.

Cf. concīdō, occīdō.



Inter·iciō, 3, -iēcī, -iectum [IA-, IAC-], hurl between; place or plant
among,
17; pass., intervene, 22.



Inter·im, adv. [ANA-; 2 I-], in the meantime, meanwhile,
9,
12,
19, 26.



Interior, -ius, adj., compar. of obsolete interus [ANA-], inner, interior of, 2.



Inter·mittō, 3, -mīsī, -mīssum [MIT-], make go apart; discontinue,
cease, 25.



Inter·neciō, -ōnis, F. [1 NEC-, NOC-], complete destruction,
annihilation, 28.



Inter·scindō, 3, -scidī, -scissum
105
[2 SAC-, SEC-, SCĪD-], separate by
splitting; cut down, hew away,
demolish, 9.



Inter·sum, -esse, -fuī [ES-], be
between; be the concern of, concern,
5; w. gen. of price.



Inter·vāllum, -ī, N. [1 VEL-, VAL-], space between stakes of a
palisade; distance, interval,
23.

Cf. spatium.



In·texō, 3, -uī, -xtum [TEC-,
TAX-], weave in; plait, 33.



Intrā, prep. w. acc. [ANA-], on
the inside; within,
4,
18, 19.



Intrō, 1 [ANA-],
enter, penetrate, 17.



Intrō·dūcō, 3, -xī, -ductum [DVC-], lead in, bring in,
5, 10.



Intrō·mittō, 3, -mīsī, -mīssum [MIT-], cause to go within; let in,
admit, 33.



Intr·ōrsus, adv. [VERT-],
towards the inside; into the interior,
within, 18.



In·ūsitātus, -a, -um, adj. [1 AV-],
unusual, strange, 31.



In·ūtilis, -e, adj. [1 AV-],
useless; unserviceable, incapable,
16; w. ad and acc.



In·veniō, 4, -venī, -ventum [BA-,
VA-, VEN-], come upon; find, learn,
16; w. acc. and infin.

Cf. cōgnōscō.



In·veterāscō, 3, -āvī, — [VET-], become of long standing; gain a
permanent foothold, 1.



In·videō, 2, -vīdī, -vīsum [VID-], look towards; be jealous of,
envy, 31.



I·pse, -a, -um (gen. ipsīus), intensive pron. [2 I-; 3 SA-], person or
thing mentioned; self,
3,
4,
5, etc.; sometimes conveniently rendered
he, they (the latter),
2,
20, 29.



Is, ea, id, determ. pron. [2 I-],
person or thing mentioned; he, that,
this,
1,
2,
3, etc.; akin to talis, foll. by subj.
clause,
9, 16.



Ita, adv. [2 I-], in the way
stated; so, thus,
11,
33; w. ut, in the way that, just
as, as, 1.



Ītalia, -ae, F.,
Italy,
29, 35.



Ita·que, conj. [2 I-; CA-, CI-], and so; therefore,
7, 22.



Item, adv. [2 I-], even so;
so, likewise,
1,
8,
13,
21,
23, 26.



Iter, itineris, N. [1 I-], going; march, route,
line of march, road,
6,
11,
12,
16,
17, 29.



Iubeō, 2, iūssī, iūssum [IV-,
IVG-], order, command, bid,
5,
11,
25,
28,
33,
35; w. acc. and infin.



Iū·dicō, 1 [IV-, IVG-; DIC-], declare what is law; judge,
suppose, think, 27.



Iugum, -ī, N. [IV-, IVG-], joining; ridge, chain of
hills, 24.



Iūs, iūris, N. [IV-, IVG-], thing binding; constitution,
law, 3.



Iūstitia, -ae, F. [IV-, IVG-], uprightness, justice,
fairness, 4.



Iuvō, 1, iūvī, iūtum [DIV-, DI-,
DIAV-], delight; help, assist, 3.



Iūxtā, adv. [IV-, IVG-], closely
joined; close by, near at hand, 26.




 L.



L., prænomen Lucius, 11.



Labiēnus, -ī, M., Titus
Labienus,
106
most eminent of Cæsar’s lieutenants,
1,
11, 26.



Lapis, -idis, M.,
stone, 6.



Lassitūdō, -inis, F. [LAG-], faintness,
exhaustion, 23.



Lateō, 2, -uī, —, lie hidden; be
concealed, 19.



Lātitūdō, -inis, F. [STER-, STRA-, STLA-], breadth; width,
expanse, extent,
7,
8,
12,
29; lateral direction, 17.



Lātus, -a, -um, adj. [STER-, STRA-,
STLA-], extended; broad, wide,
4, 27.



Latus, -eris, N. [PLAT-], thing extending; side,
flank,
5,
8,
23, 25.



Laxō, 1 [LAG], loose; change to open
order, widen, 25.



Lēgātiō, -ōnis, F. [3 LEG-], embassy, legation, 35.



Lēgātus, -ī, M. [3 LEG-], envoy,
6,
12,
15,
28,
31,
35; lieutenant,
2,
5,
9,
11, 20.



Legiō, -ōnis, F. [1 LEG-], levying; largest military division,
consisting of 10 cohorts; legion,
2,
8,
17, etc.



Legiōnārius, -a, -um, adj. [1
LEG-], belonging to a legion; legionary, 27.



Lēn·iter, adv. [1 I-], gently,
moderately,
8, 29.



Levis, -e, adj. [2 LEG-],
lightly moving; light,
10, 24.



Levitās, -ātis, F. [2 LEG-], lightness; inconstancy,
fickleness, 1.



Lēx, lēgis, F. [3 LEG-], thing read; written law,
law,
3.

Cf. iūs.



Līberāl·iter, adv. [LIB-; 1 I-], generously, graciously, 5.



Līberī, -erōrum, M. [LIB-], those who do as they desire, free
persons; children (of free parents), 5.



Littera, -ae, F. [LI-], written character; pl., letter,
letters; despatch, despatches,
1,
2, 35.



Locus, -ī, M., that
placed or situated; place, point, position,
situation,
2,
4,
5, etc.; state, condition,
26; pl., loca, -ōrum, N., region, section, tract,
4, 19.



Longē, adv. [2 LEG-], in
length; far, at a distance,
4,
5,
19,
20, 21.



Longus, -a, -um, adj. [2 LEG-],
long, lengthy, 21.



Loquor, 3, locūtus, speak, talk, 31.



Lūx, lūcis, F., that
which shines; light, dawn, daylight, 11.




 M.



Māchinātiō, -ōnis, F.,
contrivance, engine, machine,
30, 31.



Magis, adv. [MAC-, MAG-], in a
higher degree; more,
22, 32.



Magistrātus, -ūs, M. [MAC-, MAG-], magistracy,
ruler, 3.



Māgnitūdō, -inis, F. [MAC-, MAG-], greatness, size,
height,
12,
27, 30.



Māgnus, -a, -um, adj. [MAC-, MAG-],
increased; great,
4,
5,
6, etc.



Māior, -ius, adj., compar. of above, greater; māior
nātū, elder,
13, 28.



Male·ficium, -ī, N. [MAL-; FAC-],
evil-doing; outrage, hostile act,
28.

Cf. iniūria, indīgnitās.


107

Man·dō, 1 [1 MA-, MAN-;
2 DA-], put into one’s hands; give in
charge, enjoin, order,
5; entrust, consign,
24; w. acc. and dat.



Mani·pulus, -ī, M. [1 MA-, MAN-; PLE-, PLV-],
thing filling the hand; (subdivision of a cohort),
company, maniple, 25.



Mān·suētūdō, -inis, F. [1 MA-, MAN-; SOVO-,
SVO-], tameness; gentleness, kindness,
14,
31.

Cf. clēmentia.



Manus, -ūs, F. [1 MA-, MAN-], measuring thing; hand,
13,
19,
30; band, force,
2, 5.



Maritimus (-umus), -a, -um, adj., of the sea;
on the coast, maritime, 34.



Mātūrō, 1, make ripe; hasten, make haste,
5.

Cf. contendō.



Māximē, adv., superl. of magis, q.v.; most,
very, 4.



Medius, -a, -um, adj., in the middle; middle
of, 7.



Memoria, -ae, F. [1 SMAR-, MAR-], faculty of remembering;
recollection, memory,
4, 21.



Menapiī, -ōrum, M.,
Gallic tribe between the Meuse and Scheld, 4.



Mercātor, -ōris, M. [2 SMAR-, MER-], trader, 15.



Meritum, -ī, N. [2 SMAR-, MER-], thing deserved; deserts,
merit, 32.



Mīles, -itis, M. [MĪL-], one of the thousand; soldier,
11,
20,
21, etc.



Mīlitāris, -e, adj. [MĪL-], of
soldiers; pertaining to war, military,
4, 22.



Mīlle, pl. mīlia or mīllia, num. adj. [MĪL-], large number associated; thousand,
4,
6,
7, etc.



Minimē, adv., superl. of minus, least, 33.



Minor, -us, adj. [2 MAN-, MI-],
smaller; minus, N., as adv.,
less,
1,
7,
20; not (= nōn), 9.



Miser, -era, -erum, adj. [MIS-],
wretched, miserable, 28.



Miseri·cordia, -ae, F. [MIS-], heart-pity; pity,
compassion, 28.



Mittō, 3, mīsī, mīssum [MIT-], let go; send, despatch,
2,
3,
5, etc.



Mōbilitās, -ātis, F. [1 MV-, MOV-], ability to be moved,
agility; fickleness, inconstancy,
1. Opp. to stabilitās.

Cf. levitās.



Modo, adv. [2 MA-, MAD-], in a
measure; only, merely,
17, 21.



Modus, -ī, M. [2 MA-, MAD-], measuring thing; manner,
fashion, 31.



Moenia, -ium, N. [2 MV-], things that ward off; walls,
city walls,
6, 31.



Molestē, adv. [MAC-, MAG-], in a troublesome
manner; molestē ferre, be annoyed or vexed,
1; w. acc. and infin.



Moneō, 2 [1 MAN-, MEN-],
cause to think; direct,
26; w. acc., foll. by clause
w. ut.



Mora, -ae, F. [1 SMAR-, MAR-], stopping, delay, 15.



Morinī, -ōrum, M., tribe
of Belgæ on Channel, near Calais, 4.



Moror, 1 [1 SMAR-, MAR-],
linger, tarry, delay,
7,
10, 11.



Mōs, mōris, M. [1 MA-, MAN-],
108
will; custom, manner,
13,
15.

Cf. cōnsuētūdō.



Moveō, 2, mōvī, mōtum [1 MV-,
MOV-], set in motion; move,
2, 31.



Mulier, -eris, F. [MAL-], woman, female,
13,
16, 28.



Multitūdō, -inis, F.,
large number, body,
4,
5,
6, etc.; quantity, number,
10, 32.



Multus, -a, -um, adj., much, pl. many,
11,
25, 29.



Mūnīmentum, -ī, N. [2 MV-], means of defence; fortification,
defence, 17.



Mūniō, 4 [2 MV-],
wall; fortify, erect defences about,
protect, make, (castra),
5,
12,
19,
20, 29.



Mūnītiō, -ōnis, F. [2 MV-], fortifying; fortification,
works, 33.



Mūrus, -ī, M. [2 MV-], encircling thing; wall, city
wall,
6,
12,
13,
17,
29,
30,
32.

Cf. moenia.




 N.



Nam, co-ord. conj. [GNA-],
for,
6,
14,
16,
19,
23,
30; as enclitic, quisnam, really,
pray,
30.

Cf. the postpositive enim.



Nāscor, 3, nātus [GEN-,
GNA-], be born; begin, arise, 18.



Nātiō, -ōnis, F. [GEN-, GNA-], birth; race, people,
35.

Cf. populus, gēns.



Nātūra, -ae, F. [GEN-, GNA-], birth; nature,
character,
8,
15,
18,
22, 29.



(Nātus, -ūs), only abl. sing., M. [GEN-, GNA-],
birth,
13, 28.



Nāvō, 1 [GNA-, GNO-],
perform with knowledge and zeal; do one’s best, exert
one’s self, 25.



Nē, adv. and conj. [NA-], no;
adv., not,
3,
17; conj., that not, lest
(after expressions involving fear),
1,
5,
8, etc.



Necessārius, -a, -um, adj. [2
NEC-], unavoidable; pressing, urgent, 21.



Necessitās, -ātis, F. [2 NEC-], unavoidableness;
necessity, compulsion,
11; urgency, 22.



Neg·ōtium, -ī, N., [1 AV-], not leisure; business,
task,
2; trouble, difficulty, 17.



Nē·mō, —, dat. nēminī, abl. wanting, M. and F. [HAM-], no man; nobody, no
one, 33.



Ne·que or nec, adv. [NA-;
CA-, CI-], and not, and so not,
3,
5,
10, etc.; neque ... neque, neither ...
nor,
11,
12,
15, 25.



Nē·quī·quam, adv. [CA-, CI-], not
in any way; to no purpose, in vain, 27.



Nerviī, -ōrum, M., most
warlike tribe of the Belgæ,
4,
15,
16, etc.



Neuter, -tra, -trum, gen. -trīus, adj. [CA-, CI-], neither (of two), 9.



Nē·ve or neu, conj. [NA-],
and not; and that not, 21.



Nihil, indecl., N. [NA-], nothing,
15,
26,
28; as adv., not at all,
17, 20.



Ni·si, conj. [NA-; SOVO-, SVO-], if not, unless,
except,
6,
20, 32.



Nōbilitās, -ātis, F. [GNA-, GNO-], being known; high
birth, 6.


109

Noctū, adv. [1 NEC-, NOC-], by
night, 33.



Nōlō, nōlle, nōluī, —, [VOL-],
not wish; be unwilling, 1.



Nōmen, -inis, N. [GNA-, GNO-], means of knowing; name,
4,
6, 28.



Nōminātim, adv. [GNA-, GNO-], by
name, expressly, 25.



Nōminō, 1 [GNA-, GNO-],
name, mention, 18.



Nōn, adv. [NA-; 2 I-], not one; not,
2,
6,
8, etc.



Nōn·dum, adv. [NA-; DIV-], not yet, 11.



Nōn·nūllus, -a, -um, adj. [2 I-],
not none; some,
1, 25.



Nōnūs, -a, -um, adj., ninth, 23.



Nōs, nostrum, pl. of ego, pron. [NV-], we, 9.



Noster, -stra, -strum, poss. pron. [NV-], our, ours,
1,
4,
8, etc.



Novem, num. adj., indecl., nine, 4.



Noviodūnum, -ī, N., chief
town of Suessiones, 12.



Novus, -a, -um, adj. [NV-],
new, fresh,
1,
2; strange, novel,
31; superl., last, in the rear,
11,
25, 26.



Nox, -ctis, F. [1 NEC-, NOC-], night,
6,
7,
12, 17.



Nūdō, 1, make bare; bare, strip,
6; leave unguarded, 23.



N·ūllus, -a, -um, adj. [2 I-], not
any; none, no,
11,
15,
32; as dat. of nēmō, no one,
6, 35.



Numerus, -ī, M.,
distributed thing; number, amount, numbers,
4,
10,
17, 33.



Numida, -ae, M.,
Numidian,
7,
10, 24.



Nun·c, adv. [NV-; CA-, CI-], now, at the present
time, 4.



Nūntiō, 1 [NV-],
announce, report,
2,
26,
28,
29, 32.



Nūntius, -ī, M. [NV-], person or thing newly come;
messenger,
1; message, news,
2,
6; w. acc. and infin.




 O.



Ob, prep. w. acc. [APA-],
towards; on account of, 35.



Ob·dūcō, 3, -xī, -ductum [DVC-], lead towards; extend,
construct, 8.



Ob·itus (-ūs), M. [1 I-], going to; destruction,
29.

Cf. interneciō.



Ob·sĕs, -idis, M. and F. [SED-], one
staying in a place; hostage,
1,
3,
5,
13,
15, 35.



Ob·tineō, 2, -uī, -tentum [1 TA-,
TEN-], lay hold of; have possession of,
hold, 4.



Ob·veniō, 4, -vēnī, -ventum [BA-,
VA-, VEN-], come in the way of; come against,
meet,
23; w. dat.



Oc·cāsus (obc-), -ūs, M. [CAD-], going
down; setting, 11.



Oc·cīdō (obc-), 3, -cīdī, -cīsum [2 SAC-, SCĪD-, CĪD-], strike against;
kill, slay,
10,
25, 33.



Oc·cultus (obc-), -a, -um, adj. (P. of occulō) [2 CAL-], covered over; hidden,
secret, 18.




Oc·cupō (obc-), 1 [CAP-],
take hold of; cover, occupy,
8; take possession of, hold,
1; pass., be engaged, occupy one’s
self, 19.



Oc·currō (obc-), 3, -currī, -cursum [CEL-, CER-], run towards;
110
fall in with, meet; come against,
21,
24,
27.

Cf. obveniō.



Ōceanus, -ī, M.,
ocean, Atlantic, 34.



Octāvus, -a, -um, adj., eighth, 23.



Octō, num. adj., indecl., eight,
6, 7.



Of·ferō (obf-), -ferre, obtulī, oblātum [1 FER-], bring towards; offer,
bear, carry, 21.



O·mittō, 3, -mīsī, -mīssum [MIT-], let go; neglect, leave
untried, 17.



Omnis, -e, adj. [AP-, OP-],
every, all, entire,
1,
2,
3, etc.



Onus, -eris, N. [AN-], burden; bulk, weight, 30.



Opera, -ae, F. [AP-, OP-], working; work,
service, 25.



Opīniō, -ōnis, F. [AP-, OP-], thinking; impression,
idea, expectation,
8,
35; reputation,
8, 24.



O·portet, 2, -uit, —, impers. [2 PAR-, POR-], is necessary; must,
ought,
20; w. pass. infin. or acc. and infin.



Op·pidānus (obp-), -a, -um, adj. [PED-], of a town; as noun, M., townsman, inhabitant of a town
(other than Rome),
7, 33.



Op·pidum (obp-), -ī, N. [PED-], on the
ground; town,
3,
4,
6, etc.

Cf. urbs; vīcus.



Op·portūnus (obp-), -a, -um, adj. [1 PAR-, PER-], of what is opposite the harbor;
suitable, convenient,
8.

Cf idōneus.



Op·pūgnātiō (obp-), -ōnis, F. [PAC-, PVG-], act of
assaulting; mode of attack, assault, 6.



Op·pūgnō, 1 [PAC-, PVG-],
fight against; attack, storm,
6; carry by assault, 12.



(Ops), opis, F. (no nom. or
dat. sing.) [AP-, OP-], obtaining thing;
help, aid,
31; pl., resources, 14.



Optimus, -a, -um, adj. used as superl. of bonus [AP-, OP-], best, 10.



Opus, -eris, N. [AP-, OP-], obtaining thing; work,
siege-work,
12,
19,
20,
21; quantō opere, how greatly, māgnō
opere, very much, 5.



Opus, indecl. N. (really
same word as above) [AP-, OP-], w. est, is
necessary, is needed,
8, 22.



Ōrātiō, -ōnis, F.,
speaking; address, speech, words,
5, 21.



Ōrdō, -inis, M. [OL-, OR-], weaving; succession,
order,
11,
19,
22; rank, line,
11, 19.



Orior, 4, ortus [OL-, OR-],
bestir one’s self; arise, be raised,
24; be descended from, 4.



Osismī, -ōrum, M., people
of Gaul (in Brittany), 34.




 P.



P., abbrev. of Publius,
25, 34.



Pābulum, -ī, N. [PA-], thing affecting feeding; fodder,
forage, 2.



Pācō, 1 [PAC-], bring to
peace; subdue,
1, 35.



Paemanī, -ōrum, M., German tribe of the
Belgæ, 4.



Paene, adv., nearly, almost,
10, 24.


111

Palūs, -ūdis, F., thing
having wet clay; marsh, swamp, morass,
9,
10, 28.



Pandō, 3, -dī, passum [2 PAT-,
PAD-], cause to go; spread out, extend, 13.



Pār, paris, adj. [1 PAR-, PER-],
equal, 18.



Parātus, -a, -um, adj. (P. of parō) [2
PAR-, POR-], brought; made ready, ready,
prepared,
3,
9,
21; w. infin. or expression of purpose.



Pars, partis, F. [2 PAR-, POR-], that cut; part,
portion,
1,
4,
9, etc.; quarter, direction,
21,
24,
29; point, side,
5,
8, 22.



Partim, adv. (acc. of Pars) [2 PAR-,
POR-], by a dividing; partly,
1, 33.



Parvulus, -a, -um, dim. adj. [PAV-],
very small; slight, unimportant, 30.



Passus, -ūs, M. [1 PAT-], going; double pace, step,
pace,
8,
18; mīlia passuum, mile (= 5000 feet),
6,
7,
11,
13, 16.



Pate·faciō, 3, -fēcī, -factum [2
PAT-; FAC-], make open;
open, throw open, 32.



Pateō, 2, -uī, — [2
PAT-], stand open; be open, spread out,
extend,
7, 8.



Pater, -tris, M. [PA-], accomplisher of protecting or nourishing;
father, 4.



Patior, 3, passus, suffer, endure,
31; suffer, allow, 15.



Patrius, -a, -um, adj. [PA-], of a
father; of one’s ancestors, ancestral, 15.



Paucus, -a, -um, adj. [PAV-],
made to cease; pl. only, few,
18; as substantive, a few,
small number, 12.



Paulātim, adv. [PAV-], by little
and little; gradually, gently,
8, 26.



Paulis·per, adv. [PAV-; 1 PAR-], for a short time, 7.



Paulō, adv. (abl. N. of
paulus) [PAV-], by a little; a
little, 20.



Paululum, dim. adv. [PAV-], very
little; very slightly, 8.



Paulum, adv. (acc. N. of
paulus) [PAV-], a little, 25.



Pāx, pācis, F. [PAC-], binding thing; peace,
6,
13,
15,
29,
31, 32.



Pedĕs, -itis, M. [PED-], one that goes on foot;
foot-soldier, 24.



Pedester, -tris, -tre, adj. [PED-],
of infantry, infantry, 17.



Pedius, -ī, M., Quintus
Pedius, Cæsar’s nephew, and lieutenant under him,
2, 11.



Pellis, -is, F. [PLE-], hide, skin, 33.



Pellō, 3, pepulī, pulsum [PAL-,
PEL-], cause to move; drive, dislodge,
24; rout, defeat,
17,
19, 24.



Per, prep. w. acc. [1 PAR-, PER-],
through; by, by means of,
11,
20,
31; on account of,
16; through, by way of,
16; over, 10.



Per·ferō, -ferre, -tulī, -lātum [1
FER-], carry through; bear, endure,
14; bear, spread among, 35.



Perīclitor, 1 [1 PAR-,
PER-], test; prove, make trial, 8.



Perīculum, -ī, N. [1 PAR-, PER-],
112
means of trying, trial; danger, peril,
5,
11, 26.



Per·mittō, 3, -mīsī, -mīssum [MIT-], let through; yield, give up,
3,
31; w. acc. and dat.



Per·moveō, 2, -mōvī, -mōtum [1
MV-, MOV-], stir up thoroughly; disturb, alarm,
12, 24.



Per·spiciō, 3, -spēxī, -spectum [SPEC-], see through,
17,
18; perceive clearly, find out,
ascertain,
11,
17, 32.



Per·suādeō, 2, -sī, -sum, thoroughly advise;
prevail upon, persuade,
10,
16; w. dat. and subjunctive w. ut.



Per·terreō, 2 [TER-],
thoroughly frighten; demoralize, render
panic-stricken,
24,
27.

Cf. perturbō.



Per·tineō, 2, -uī, — [1
TA-, TEN-], thoroughly hold; extend to, 19.



Per·turbō, 1 [TVR-], throw
into utter confusion; disconcert, alarm,
11,
21.

Cf. permoveō.



Per·veniō, 4, -vēnī, -ventum [BA-,
VA-, VEN-], come quite to; reach, arrive at,
2,
11,
15, 17.



Pēs, pedis, M. [PED-], going thing; foot,
5,
18,
29, 30.



Petō, 3, -īvī and -iī, -ītum [PET-], fall upon; seek,
20,
24; aim at, make for,
11,
23; seek, make request,
ask,
12,
14, w. ut and subjunct.; ask,
beg,
13,
31, w. acc.



Pīlum, -ī, N. [PIS-], crushing thing; heavy javelin,
23, 27.



Plānitiēs (-ēī), F. [PLAT-], flatness; level stretch of
country, plain, 8.



Plērum·que, adv. (acc. N. of
plērusque), for the most part, generally, 30.



Plērus·que, -raque, -rumque, adj. [PLE-; CA-, CI-], larger part
of; most of, 4.



Plūrimus, -a, -um, adj. (used as superl. of multus) [PLE-, PLO-, PLV-], most; acc. N. as adv., most, 4.



Pol·liceor, 2 [LIC-, LIQV-],
offer very much; offer, promise,
4, 35.



Pondus, -eris, N.,
weighing thing; weight, bulk,
29.

Cf. onus.



Pōnō [for portsinō], 3, posuī, positum [1 SA-, SI-], let down; place,
establish, pitch,
5,
7,
8,
13; place, base on, 11.



Pōns, pontis, M. [1 PAT-], means of going; bridge,
5,
9, 10.



Populor, 1 [SCAL-, SPOL-],
pour out people; lay waste, ravage, raid,
5,
9.

Cf. dēpopulor, vāstō.



Populus, -ī, M. [PLE-, PLO-], the many; people,
nation,
1,
3,
13, etc.

Cf. gēns.



Por·rēctus, -a, -um, adj. (P. of porrigō) [REG-, RIG-], stretched out, stretched
forward, 19.



Porta, -ae, F. [1 PAR-, POR-], thing passed through;
gate,
6,
24,
32, 33.



Portō, 1 [1 PAR-, POR-],
bear along, carry, convey,
5, 29.



Poscō, 3, poposcī, — [PREC-] ask for urgently; demand,
request,
15.

Cf. petō.



Pos·sideō, 2, -sēdī, -sessum [SED-], have and hold, possess, 4.



Pos·sum, posse, potuī [POT-],
113
be able, can,
1,
3,
4, etc.; amount to, be
influential or powerful,
4, 8.



Post, prep. w. acc. [POS-],
behind; after,
14,
29; behind,
5,
9, 19.



Post·eā, adv. [POS-; 2 I-], after this; afterwards,
17,
30, 32.



Post·quam, conj. [POS-; CA-], after that; after, as soon as,
when, 5.



Postrēmō, at last, finally.



Postrī·diē, adv. (contr. from posterō diē) [POS-; DIV-, DI-], on the
day after,
12,
33; w. gen.



Postulō, 1 [PREC-],
ask, demand, require,
4,
22,
33.

Cf. poscō.



Potēns, -entis, adj. [POT-],
able, mighty, powerful,
1, 4.



Potestās, -ātis, F. [POT-], ability; power, control,
3,
31,
34; power, ability, 6.



Potior, 4 [POT-], become
master of; get control of, gain,
7,
24,
26; w. abl.



Potius, adv. (compar.) [POT-],
rather, preferably,
10; foll. by quam.



Prae, prep. w. abl. [PRO-, PRI-,
PRAE-], before; in comparison with, 30.



Prae·acūtus, -a, -um, adj. [1 AC-],
sharpened in front; pointed, sharpened at the
point, 29.



Prae·beō [for praehibeō], 2 [HAB-], hold forth; furnish,
afford, 17.



Prae·ceps, -ipitis, adj. [CAP-],
head foremost; headlong, in haste, 24.



Prae·dor [for praehedor], 1, make booty;
plunder, raid,
17, 24.



Prae·ferō, -ferre, -tūlī, -lātum [1
FER-], bear before; place before, thrust
forward, outdo,
27; w. acc. and dat.



Prae·ficiō, 3, -fēcī, -fectum [FAC-], place over; put at the head of,
place in command of,
11; w. acc. and dat.



Prae·mittō, 3, -mīsi, -mīssum [MIT-], send before; send in advance,
11,
17, 19.



Prae·scrībō, 3, -psī, -ptum [SCARP-, SCALP-], write before; dictate,
prescribe, direct,
20; w. dat. and indir. question.



Prae·sertim, adv. [1 SER-, SVAR-],
by an arranging before; especially,
particularly, 30.



Prae·sidium, -ī, N. [SED-], sitting before; guard,
defence, support,
5,
19,
26,
29,
33; protection, safety, 11.



Prae·stō, 1, -stitī, — [STA-], stand before; excel,
15; put forth, exhibit,
27; be preferable, be better
(impers.), 31.



Prae·sum, -esse, -fuī [ES-], be
before; be in charge of, command,
6,
9; w. dat.



Praeter·eā, in addition.



Premō, 3, pressī, pressum, press; push
closely, press hard, 24.



Prīmi·pīlus, -ī, M. [PRO-, PRI-; PIS-], first
centurion of the triarii, 25.



Prīmō, adv. [PRO-], at
first, 8.



Prīmum, adv. (acc. N. of
prīmus) [PRO-, PRI-], first thing;
first, in the first place,
1,
10,
30; cum prīmum, as soon as, 2.



Prīmus, -a, -um, adj. [PRO-,
114
PRI-], first, foremost,
10,
11,
17, etc.; as noun, M., chief, leading man,
3, 13.



Prīn·ceps, -ipis, adj. [PRO-, PRI-;
CAP-], taking first place; as noun,
leader, chief,
5,
14.

Cf. prīmus.



Prior, -ius, gen. -ōris, adj. [PRO-,
PRI-], former; those preceding, men in front,
11. Opp. novissimī.



Prīs·tinus, -a, -um, adj. [PRO-,
PRI-; 1 TA-, TEN-] former;
former, old time, 21.



Prius, adv. (acc. N. of
prior) [PRO-, PRI-], earlier,
sooner,
32; foll. by quam.



Prius·quam, adv., conj. (= prius quam) [PRO-, PRI-; CA-], sooner
than, before,
12; w. subj.

Cf. prius quam, 32.



Prō, prep. w. abl. [PRO-, PRI-],
before; in front of, before,
8; in behalf of,
14; in proportion to, to the best
of one’s ability,
25; in accordance with, agreeably
to, 31.



Prō·cēdō, 3, -cessī, -cessum [CAD-], go forward; advance,
proceed,
20, 25.



Pro·cul, adv. [CEL-], driven
forward; at a distance, afar off, 30.



Prō·cumbō, 3, -cubuī, -cubitum, bend forwards;
fall forward, sink to the ground, 27.



Proelior, 1, fight, contend,
23.

Cf. dīmicō, congredior.



Proelium, -ī, N.,
fighting, fight,
23,
25,
26,
27; skirmish, engagement,
battle,
8,
9,
20,
21,
28, 30.



Pro·fectiō, -ōnis, F. [FAC-], going away; setting out,
departure, 11.



Pro·ficīscor, 3, -fectus [FAC-], begin to go forward; set out,
go, march,
2,
21,
25, 35.



Prō·flīgō, 1 [FLAG-, FLIG-],
strike to the ground; rout, defeat,
23.

Cf. pellō, cōniciō.



Pro·fugiō, 3, -fūgī, — [2
FVG-], flee before; flee for refuge,
escape, 14.



Prō·gnātus, -a, -um, adj. [GEN-, GN-,
GNA-], born, descended, sprung from, 29.



Prō·gredior, 3, -gressus [GRAD-], go forward; advance,
proceed,
10,
23.

Cf. prōcēdō.



Pro·hibeō, 2 [HAB-], hold
before; hinder, prevent,
4, w. acc. and infin.; keep from,
cut off,
9,
28, w. acc. and abl.



Prō·iciō, 3, -iēcī, -iectum [IA-,
IAC-], cast forward; give up, abandon,
renounce, 15.



Prō·moveō, 2, -mōvī, -mōtum [1
MV-, MOV-], move forward, advance, 31.



Prope, adv. [PARC-, PLEC-],
near; nearly, almost,
28, 32.



Pro·perō, 1 [2 PAR-, POR-],
hasten, make haste,
11, 35.



Propīnquitās, -ātis, F. [PARC-, PLEC-], nearness,
proximity,
20; family connection, kinship,
4.

Cf. adfīnitās.



Propīnquus, -a, -um, adj. [PARC-,
PLEC-], being near; near, close,
adjacent,
35, w. dat.



Prō·pōnō, 3, -posuī, -positum [1
SA-, SI-], place before; put forth, expose to
view, display, 20.



Prop·ter, prep. w. acc. [PARC-,
115
PLEC-], near; on account of,
4,
8,
12,
16, 20.



Propter·eā, adv. [PARC-, PLEC-],
on account of that; foll. by quod, for the reason
(that), because,
4; foll. by indic.



Prō·pūgnō, 1 [PAC-, PAG-,
PVG-], fight before; fight in defence, make
defensive sallies, 7.



Prō·sequor, 3, -secūtus [SEC-], follow onward; pursue, follow
after,
11; follow, address, 5.



Prō·spectus, -ūs, M. [SPEC-], forward look; out-look,
distant view, prospect, 22.



Prō·tinus, adv. [1 TA-, TEN-],
before one’s self; at once, immediately, 9.



Prō·turbō, 1 [TVR-], drive
forward; drive off, frighten away,
19.

Cf. pellō.



Prō·videō, 2, -vīdī, -vīsum [VID-], see before; look out, see,
attend to, 22.



Prō·vincia, -ae, F. [VIC-], territory acquired by conquest;
province, 29.



Prō·volō, 1, -āvī, —, fly forth; hasten
forth, hurry forward, 19.



Proximē, adv., superl. of prope [PARC-,
PLEC-], nearest; most recently, last,
8, 19.



Proximus, -a, -um, adj. (superl. of propior, no pos.) [PARC-, PLEC-], nearest, closest,
3,
12,
33; next, following,
27, (of time) 12, 35.



Prū·dentia (for prō·videntia), -ae, F. [VID-], seeing
before; foresight, wisdom, prudence, 4.



Pūblicus, -a, -um, adj. [PLE-,
PLO-], belonging to the people; w. rēs, republic,
state, government, 5.



Puer, -erī, M., one
begotten; boy, child,
13, 28.



Pūgna, -ae, F. [PAC-, PAG-, PVG-], thrusting thing; fight,
battle,
16,
25,
28,
29.

Cf. proelium.



Pūgnō, 1 [PAC-, PAG-, PVG-],
fight, contend,
8,
10,
21,
26,
27,
33.

Cf. congredior, contendō, dīmicō, proelior.




 Q.



Q., abbrev. for Quīntus,
2,
5,
9, 11.



Quā, adv. (abl. F. of quī)
[CA-], on which side; at what
point, where, 33.



Quadrin·gentī, -ae, -a, num. adj. [CEN-], four hundred, 8.



Quaerō, 3, -sīvī, -sītum, seek; ask,
enquire, make enquiry,
4,
15; look for, seek, try to
find,
21.

Cf. petō.



Quam, adv. (acc. of quī) [CA-], in
what manner; than,
10,
19,
20,
21,
22,
31,
32.

Cf. āc (19).



Quam·vīs, adv. [CA-; VOL-], as you will; as much as you like,
any-so-ever, any, 31.



Quantus, -a, -um, adj. [CA-], how
great, how many,
4,
5,
14,
26, in indir. quest.; as great as,
as much as,
8,
11.

Cf. tantus.



Quartus, -a, -um, adj., fourth, 25.



Quattuor, num. adj., indecl., four, 33.



Que, enclitic conj. [CA-, CI-],
and,
1,
2,
3, etc.

Joins kindred expressions; sometimes
116
couples a sentence to a preceding one.

Cf. et, atque.



Quī, quae, quod, rel. and adj. pron. [CA-, CI-], who, which, what,
that,
1,
2,
3, etc.



Quī·dam, quaedam, quoddam, indef. pron. [CA-, CI-; 3 DA-], certain
one, some one, 17.



Qui·dem, adv. [CA-, CI-; 3 DA-], certainly; nē ... quidem, enclosing
emphatic word or expression, not even,
3, 17.



Quī·n, conj. w. subj. [CA-, CI-;
NA-], by which not; but that,
that, from,
2, 3.



Quī·nam (quis-), quae-, quod-, interrog. pron. [CA-, CI-], for who? who, which,
what, pray? what in the world? 30.



Quīn·decim, num. adj., indecl. [DEC-], fifteen,
2,
4,
30, 35.



Quīn·gentī, -ae, -a, num. adj. [CEN-], five hundred, 28.



Quīnquā·gintā, num. adj., indecl., fifty,
4, 33.



Quīnque, num. adj., indecl., five.



Quis, quae, quid? interrog. pron. [CA-,
CI-], who? which? what? 4,
8,
11, etc.

Indef. after sī and nē, any one, any,
8,
14,
32, 33.



Quis·quam, —, quicquam (quidq-), indef. pron. [CA-, CI-], any, any at all,
17; in negative clauses.



Quis·que, quae-, quid- (quod-), indef. pron. [CA-, CI-], each, each one, every,
4,
10,
11,
21,
22, 25.



Quis·quis, —, quicquid (quidq-) or quodquod, indef.
rel. pron. [CA-, CI-], whatever,
whatsoever, everything which, 17.



Quō, rel. adv. (dat. and abl. of quī) [CA-, CI-], in what place; (dat. use) where,
whither,
16 17,
21; conj. (rel. adv.), = ut eō, by
which, so that, that, 25.



Quod, conj. (acc. N. of qui)
[CA-, CI-], that; in that,
because,
1,
4,
10, etc.; the fact that, 17.



Quo·que, adv. [CA-, CI-],
also, too, as well,
10,
22; placed after word to be emphasized.




 R.



Rāmus, -ī, M., growing
thing; branch, 17.



Ratiō, -ōnis, F. [RA-], reckoning; consideration,
10; plan, method,
system,
19, 22.



Re-, Red-, back, away, in comp. only.



Re·cipiō, 3, -cēpī, -ceptum [CAP-], take back; admit, receive,
3,
15; with reflex. pron., recover,
12; betake one’s self, retreat,
go,
11,
19,
24.

Cf. sē cōnferre.



Red·dō, 3, -didī, -ditum [1
DA-], give back; render, 5.



Red·eō, -īre, -iī, -itum [1 I-],
go back; recede, decline, slope
away, 8.



Red·igō, 3, -ēgī, -āctum [AG-], drive back; bring down,
reduce,
14,
28,
34; render,
27.

Cf. reddō.



Red·in·tegrō, 1 [TAG-],
make whole again; renew, restore,
23,
25, 27.



Rēdonēs, -um, M., tribe
of Brittany, 34.


117

Re·dūcō,
3, -xī, -ductum [DVC-], lead
back, 9.



Re·ferō, -ferre, rettulī, -lātum [1
FER-], bear back; report, announce,
33.

Cf. adferō, renūntiō.



Re·fringō, 3, -frēgī, -frāctum, break back;
break open, tear open, 33.



Regiō, -ōnis, F. [REG-], directing, direction;
region, district, locality, country, 4.



Rēgnum, -ī, N. [REG-], that which rules; power,
control, 1.



Rē·iciō, 3, -iēcī, -iectum [IA-,
IAC-], hurl back; throw back, drive
back, 33.



Re·languēscō, 3, -guī, — [LAG-], lose energy, be weakened, 15.



Re·linquō, 3, -līquī, -līctum [LIC-, LIQV-] leave behind, leave,
5,
8, 29.



Re·liquus, -a, -um, adj. [LIC-,
LIQV-], remaining; other, rest of,
2,
3,
5, etc.; as noun, M., the rest, the others,
10, 25.



Rēmī, -ōrum, M., people
of Belgium on the Axona,
3,
4,
5, etc.



Re·mittō, 3, -mīsī, -mīssum [MIT-], send back; hurl back,
return,
27; relax, weaken, 15.



Rēmus, -ī, M., a
Remian, 6.



Re·nūntiō, 1 [NV-], bring
back word; announce, report,
24; w. dat. and acc. and infin.

Cf. adferō, referō.



Re·pellō, 3, reppulī, -pulsum [PAL-, PEL-, PVL-], drive back, repulse,
10.

Cf. rēiciō.



Repentīnō, adv. (abl. of repentīnus), suddenly, 33.



Re·periō, 4, repperī, -pertum [2
PAR-, POR-], produce again; find, find out,
ascertain,
9; w. acc. and infin.,
4, 15.



Rēs, reī, F. [RA-], thing spoken of; thing,
circumstance, matter, affair, business,
fact,
1,
2,
3, etc.; rēs frūmentāria, grain-supply,
provisions,
2; rēs pūblica, state,
republic, 5.



Re·sistō, 3, -stitī, — [STA-], stand back; hold one’s ground,
maintain one’s position, resist,
22,
23, 26.



Re·spiciō, 3, -spēxī, -spectum [SPEC-], look back, look behind
one, 24.



Re·spondeō, 2, -ndī, -spōnsum, promise in
return; reply, answer, 32.



Re·tineō, 2, -uī, -tentum [1 TA-,
TEN-], keep back; keep up, maintain,
21; keep back, reserve,
32, 33.



Re·vertor, 3, -versus (active in perfect, pluperfect,
and future perfect: reverti, reverteram, revertero) [VERT-], turn back; return, go
back,
10,
14,
29, 35.



Re·vocō, 1 (VOC-, VAG-),
call back, summon, 20.



Rēx, rēgis, M. [REG-], ruler; king, chieftain,
4, 13.



Rhēnus, -ī, M., the
Rhine,
3,
4,
29, 35.



Rīpa, -ae, F., bank,
river-bank,
5,
23, 27.



Rōmānus, -a, -um, adj., Roman,
1,
3, etc.; as noun, M., Roman,
10,
12,
13, etc.


118

Rubus, -ī, M.,
red-colored thing; bramble, 17.



Rūmor, -ōris, M.,
sounding; report, rumor, 1.



Rūpēs, -is, F. [RAP-, RVP-], broken thing; cliff, steep
rock, 29.



R·ūrsus, adv. [VERT-], turned
back; again, back again,
19,
23, 24.




 S.



Sabīnus, -ī, M., Q.
Titurius Sabinus, lieutenant of Cæsar, 5.



Sabis, -is, M., river
Sambre in country of Nervii,
16, 18.



Saepēs, -is, F. [1 SAC-, SAG-], hedge,
17, 22.



Sagittārius, -ī, M. [1 SAC-, SAG-], of an arrow; archer,
bowman,
7,
10, 19.



Salūs, -ūtis, F. [SAL-, SER-], being well; preservation,
salvation, safety,
27,
33; well-being,
welfare, 5.



Sarcinae, -ārum, F.,
bundle; luggage, personal baggage, 17.



Saxum, -ī, N. [2 SAC-, SEC-], fragment of rock; rock,
stone, 29.



Scientia, -ae, F. [2 SAC-, SEC-, SCI-], knowing;
knowledge, 20.



Scrībō, 3, -psī, -ptum [SCARP-,
SCALP-], scratch; write, give an
account, 29.



Scūtum, -ī, N. [SCV-, CV-], covering thing; shield,
21,
25,
27, 33.



Sectiō, -ōnis, F. [2 SAC-, SEC-], cutting; lot of booty,
booty, 33.



Secundum, prep. w. acc. (acc. N. of secundus) [SEC-],
following; in the direction of, along, 18.



Secundus, -a, -um, adj. [SEC-],
following; second,
11; successful,
favorable, 9.



Sed, co-ord. conj., adversative [SOVO-,
SVO-], apart from; but,
14,
17,
19,
20,
21, 32.



Senātor, -ōris, M. [SEN-], old man; elder,
senator, 28.



Senātus, -ūs, M. [SEN-], office of an old man; council,
senate, 5.



Senonēs, -um, M., tribe
on upper Seine, 2.



Sententia, -ae, F. [SENT-], thinking; opinion,
view, 10.



Sentēs, -ium, M., thorns, briars,
brambles, 17.



Septimus, -a, -um, adj., seventh,
23, 26.



Sequor, 3, secūtus [SEC-],
follow; go along, accompany,
17; follow, result, 22.



Servitūs, -ūtis, F. [1 SER-, SVAR-], slavery, servitude,
subjection, 14.



Servō, 1 [SAL-, SER-],
save; keep, maintain, 33.



Sex, num. adj., indecl., six,
5,
8,
19, 29.



Sexāgintā, num. adj., indecl., sixty, 4.



Sex·centī, -ae, -a, num. adj. [CEN-], six hundred,
15, 28.



Sī, conj. [SOVO-, SVO-], if,
in case,
5,
8,
9, etc.; to see if, whether,
9, w. indir. question.



Sī·c, adv. [3 SA-; CA-, CI-], in this manner; so, in such a
manner,
32; in following manner, as
follows,
4, 15.



Sīgni·fer, -erī, M. [3 SAC-; 1 FER-],
standard-bearer, ensign, 25.


119

Sīgni·ficātiō, -ōnis, F. [3 SAC-; FAC-],
pointing out; announcement, signal, 33.



Sīgni·ficō, 1 [3 SAC-;
FAC-], show by signs; indicate,
show,
7; announce, make known,
13; w. acc. and infin.



Sīgnum, -ī, N. [3 SAC-], mark; signal, sign,
20,
21; military standard, ensign,
21,
25,
26; — convertere, face about,
wheel,
26; — īnferre, advance to
attack, charge,
25; ad — cōnsistere, rally round the
standards, 21.



Silva, -ae, F. [2 SER-, SVAL-], wood, forest,
18, 19.



Silvestris, -e, adj. [2 SER-,
SVAL-], of a wood; wooded, 18.



Simul, adv. [2 SA-, SIM-],
together; at the same time, 24.



Si·ne, prep. w. abl. [SOVO-],
without,
5,
11,
15,
25, 31.



Singulāris, -e, adj. [2 SA-, SEM-,
SIM-], one by one; remarkable, extraordinary,
24.

Cf. eximius.



Singulī, -ae, -a, distrib. num. adj. [2
SA-, SEM-, SIM-], one to each; one at a time,
separate, single,
17, 20.



Sinister, -tra, -trum, adj. left, on the left, 23.



Sōl, -is, M. [2 SER-, SVAL-], sun, 11.



Solli·citō, 1 [SAL-; CI-], move violently; stir up,
instigate, incite, 1.



Sōlum, adv. (acc. N. of
sōlus) [SAL-, SER-], alone,
only, 14.



Sōlus, -a, -um, adj. [SAL-, SER-],
alone, only, sole, 4.



Spatium, -ī, N., [SPA-, PA-], race-course; space,
distance,
17,
30; extent, time, 11.



Speciēs, -iēī, F. [SPEC-], seeing; sight, form,
appearance, 31.



Speculātor, -ōris, M. [SPEC-], searcher; scout,
spy,
11.

Cf. explōrātor.



Spēs, -eī, F. [SPA, PA-], hope, expectation,
7,
25,
27, 33.



Spīritus, -ūs, M.,
breathing; feeling, pride,
haughtiness, 4.



Statim, adv. [STA-], in
standing; at once, immediately,
11.

Cf. prōtinus.



Statiō, -ōnis, F. [STA-], standing; guard, out-post,
picket, 18.



Statuō, 3, -uī, -ūtum [STA-],
make stand; fix, determine, decide,
8, 31.



Statūra, -ae, F. [STA-], standing upright; stature,
size, 30.



Strepitus, -ūs, M.,
clashing, clatter, noise, din,
11.

Cf. clāmor, fremitus.



Studeō, 2, -uī, — [SPA-,
PA-], be eager; strive after, be bent upon,
desire,
1; devote one’s self to, pay
attention to,
17; w. dat.



Studium, -ī, N. [SPA-, PA-], zeal, eagerness,
enthusiasm, 7.



Sub, prep. w. abl. and acc., under, beneath,
17; near to, toward,
11, 33.



Sub·eō, -īre, -iī, -itum [1 I-],
go under; go near, approach closely, come
up,
25,
27.

Cf. adpropīnquō, succēdō.



Sub·itō, adv. (abl. of subitus) [1
I-], by coming on stealthily; suddenly,
unexpectedly,
19; hastily, offhand,
33.

Cf. repentīnō.


120

Sub·mittō (summ-), 3, -mīsī, -mīssum [MIT-], send below; send to aid,
despatch, send,
6,
25; w. dat.



Sub·ruō (surr-), 3, -ruī, -rutum, tear down
below; undermine, dig under, 6.



Sub·sequor, 3, -secūtus [SEC-], follow closely, pursue,
11, 19.



Sub·sidium, -ī, N. [SED-], sitting behind; reserve forces,
reserves,
22,
25; aid, assistance,
help,
6,
7,
8,
20,
26.

Cf. auxilium.



Suc·cēdō (subc-), 3, -cessī, -cessum [CAD-], go below; draw near, approach
closely,
6.

Cf. subeō, adpropīnquō.



Suc·cessus (subc-), -ūs, M. [CAD-], going
below; advance, close approach, 20.



Suessiōnēs, -um, M.,
German tribe north of the Marne,
3,
4,
12, 13.



Suī, sibi, sē (sēsē), reflex. pron. referring to subject or
speaker, [SOVO-, SVO-], self; of
himself, of themselves, etc.,
1,
2,
3, etc.



Sum, esse, fuī [ES-], be;
exist, be,
1,
2,
3, etc.



Summa, -ae, F. (f. of
summus, sc. rēs), highest (thing); chief control,
general management,
4, 23.



Summus, -a, -um, adj. (superl. of superus), highest,
greatest, topmost,
6,
23,
24,
32; highest part, summit,
top,
18, 26.



Sū·mō, 3, -mpsī, -mptum [EM-],
take, claim, assume, 4.



Superior, -ius, gen. -ōris, adj. compar. of superus,
higher, upper,
18,
23,
26; preceding, former,
past,
20.

Cf. altior; prīstinus.



Superō, 1, go over; defeat,
vanquish,
24.

Cf. vincō.



Super·sedeō, 2, -sēdī, -sessum [SED-], sit over; refrain from,
omit, postpone,
8; w. abl.



Super·sum, -esse, -fuī [ES-], be
above; remain, survive,
27, 28.



Sup·plex (subpl-), -icis, adj. [PARC-, PLEC-], folding the knees beneath;
suppliant, beseeching, 28.



Sup·plicātiō (subpl-), -ōnis, F. [PARC-, PLEC-], kneeling down;
thanksgiving, 35.



Suprā, adv., on upper side; above,
before,
1,
18, 29.



Sus·tentō, 1 [1 TA-, TEN-],
keep holding up; hold out, maintain one’s self,
6, 14.



Sus·tineō, 2, -uī, -tentum [1
TA-, TEN-], hold up under; withstand, sustain,
11,
21; with reflex. pron., hold out,
6; keep upright, stand
up, 25.



Suus, -a, -um, poss. adj. [SOVO-,
SVO-], of himself, his own, their own, etc.,
3,
4,
5, etc.; as noun, M., their (his) countrymen, friends,
6,
8,
9, etc.; N.,
property, possessions,
3,
13, 29.




 T.



T., praenomen Titus, T. Labienus,
11, 26.



Tam, adv. [2 TA-], so far;
so, to such a degree, 21.



Tamen, adv. [2 TA-], in so
far; still, however; nevertheless 8, 32.


121

Tantulus, -a, -um, dim. adj. [2
TA-], so small; so trifling,
30.

Cf. parvulus.



Tantus, -a, -um, adj. [2 TA-], of
such size; so great, so much,
3,
5,
6, etc.



Tardō, 1, make slow, retard,
check, 25.



Tardus, -a, -um, adj., slow (weary,
exhausted), 25.



Tegimenta (tegu-), -ōrum, N., means of covering; covering,
cover, 21.



Tēlum, -ī, N. [TEC-], missile, weapon, javelin,
6,
10,
21,
25,
27, 33.



Tempus, -oris, N. [1 TA-, TEN-], time (in general),
5,
14,
19,
20,
21,
24,
33,
34; moment,
19; time, period, day,
17,
35; emergency, crisis, 22.



Tendō, 3, tetendī, tentum (tēnsum) [1 TA-, TEN-], stretch; stretch out,
extend,
13.

Cf. pandō.



Teneō, 2, -uī, — [1 TA-,
TEN-], hold, have,
23; hold, surround, 24.



Tener, -era, -erum, adj. [1 TA-,
TEN-], tender, young, 17.



Terror, -ōris, M. [TER-, TERS-], frightening; great fear,
fright, panic, 12.



Tertius, -a, -um, adj., third,
1,
32, 33.



Testūdō, -inis, F.,
having a shell; tortoise, bulwark of
shields, 6.



Teutonī, -ōrum (-ēs, -um), M., German tribe,
4, 29.



Timeō, 2, -uī, —, fear, be afraid,
entertain fears,
26, w. nē followed by subjunctive.



Titurius, -ī, M., Q.
Titurius Sabinus, lieutenant of Cæsar’s,
5,
9, 10.



Titus, -ī, M., praenomen
of Labienus, Cæsar’s lieutenant,
11, 26.



Tormentum, -ī, N. [TARC- (TARP-), TREP-], thing twisted; machine
of war, engine for hurling, 8.



Tot·idem, adj., indecl. [2 TA-; 3
DA], just as many, same number of, 4.



Tōtus, -a, -um, gen. totīus, adj. [TV-,
TO-], increased; whole, entire,
4,
6,
19, 23.



Trabs, trabis, F. [TARC- (TARP-), TREP-], beam,
timber, 29.



Trā·dō, 3, -didī, -ditum [1
DA-], give over; hand over, give up,
surrender,
13,
15,
31, 32.



Trā·dūcō, 3, -xī, -ductum [DVC-], lead over; lead across, bring
over,
4,
5,
9, 10.



Trāns, prep. w. acc., across, over,
beyond,
16, 35.



Trāns·eō, -īre, -iī, -itum [1 I-],
go over; go across, cross,
9,
10,
23,
24, 27.



Trāns·gredior, 3, -gressus [GRAD-], go over; go across, cross,
19.

Cf. trānseō.



Trāns·versus, -a, -um, adj. [VERT-], turned across; crosswise, at
right angles, oblique, 8.



Trēs, tria, gen. -ium, num. adj., three,
11,
18,
28, 33.



Trēverī, -ōrum, M.,
Celtic tribe on the Moselle, 24.



Tribūnus, -ī, M.,
tribune, 26.



Trī·duum, -ī, N. [DIV-, DI-, DIAV-], three days’ time, 16.


122

Tuba, -ae, F.,
trumpet, 20.



Tum, adv. [2 TA-], then,
at that time,
2,
6; then, in addition,
further,
27,
29; cum ... tum, both ... and, 4.



Tumultus, -ūs, M. [TV-, TVM-], swelling; confusion,
uproar, noise,
11.

Cf. strepitus.



Tumulus, -ī, M. [TV-, TVM-] swelling up; mound,
hillock, hill, 27.



Turonēs, -um (-ī, -ōrum), M., tribe of Gaul on Loire, 35.



Turpitūdō, -inis, F. [TARC- (TARP-), TREP-], ugliness;
disgrace, dishonor, 27.



Turris, -is, F. [TVR-], tower,
12,
30, 33.



Tūtus, -a, -um, adj. (P. of tueor), well guarded;
safe, secure,
5, 28.




 U.



Ubi, rel. adv. [CA-, CI-], in
which place; where,
8,
35; when, as soon as,
6,
8,
9,
10,
19,
25,
30, 31.



Ūllus, -a, -um, gen. ūllīus, dim. adj. [2
I-], any one (at all), any,
11,
15,
25; w. negative expression.



Ūnā, adv. (abl. F. of ūnus)
[2 I-], in one and the same place; at
the same time, together,
16,
17,
24,
28,
29; foll. by cum and abl.



Ūn·decimus, -a, -um, adj. [2 I-;
DEC-], eleventh, 23.



Undi·que, adv. [CA-, CI-],
whencesoever; from every quarter, from all sides,
6, 10.



Uneīlī, -ōrum, M., tribe
in Normandy, 34.



Ūni·versus, -a, -um, adj. [2 I-;
VERT-], turned into one; whole,
all, in a mass, 33.



Unus, -a, -um, gen. -īus, num. adj. [2
I-], one,
2,
5,
6,
29,
31,
34; one, one and the same,
3,
5,
19,
20; common, one alone,
4,
22, alone, only,
33; a, 25.



Urgeō, 2, ursī, — [VERG-,
VRG-], press, press hard,
25, 26.



Ūsus, -ūs, M. [1 AV-], using; practice,
experience,
20; use, advantage,
9, 12.



Ut or Utī, conj. [CA-, CI-],
in what manner; as,
1,
7,
11, etc., w. indic.; in order that,
that, to,
2,
8,
9, etc.; that, so that,
3,
4,
5, etc.



Uter·que, -traque, -trumque, gen. utrīusque, pron. [CA-, CI-], both one and the other; each of
two, both,
8,
16, 25.



Ūtor, 3, ūsus [1 AV-],
use, make use of, employ, have,
3,
7,
10,
25,
28; use, practise,
14,
28; enjoy, maintain,
32; w. abl.




 V.



Vacuus, -a, -um, adj., empty, clear,
free, unoccupied; w. ab and abl., 12.



Vadum, -ī, N. [BA-, VA-], place through which one can go;
ford, crossing, 9.



Valeō, 2, -uī, -itūrus, be strong, have
influence,
4, 17.



Vāllum, -ī, N. [1 VEL-, VAL-], earthen wall; earth-works,
rampart,
5,
30, 33.



Varius, -a, -um, adj., spotted; changing,
different, 22.


123

Vāstō, 1, make empty; lay waste,
ravage.

Cf. populor, dēpopulor.



Velocassēs, -um, M., one
of the minor Belgian tribes, 4.



Vēn·dō,
3, -didī (-ditum) [1 DA-], place for
sale; sell, 33.



Venellī, see Unellī.



Venetī, -ōrum, M., tribe
of Bretagne, 34.



Veniō, 4, vēnī, ventum [BA-, VA-,
VEN-], come, approach,
2,
3,
5, etc.



Verbum, -ī, N. [VER-], that spoken; word,
discourse, intercession, 14.



Vereor, 2 [1 VEL-, VER-],
feel awe; fear, be afraid, 11.



Vergō, 3, —, — [VERG-], bend, incline, 18.



Vērō, adv. (abl. N. of
vērus) [VER-], in truth, in
fact, but, however,
2,
27, 31.



Veromanduī, -ōrum, M.,
Gallic tribe in modern Picardy,
4,
16, 23.



Versō, 1 [VERT-], keep
turning; pass., be engaged in, be occupied about,
24; dwell, remain,
be, 1.



Vesper, -erī or -eris, M.,
evening, nightfall, 33.



Vester, -tra, -trum, your, yours.



Vetō, 1, -uī, -itum [VET-],
leave in old state; advise against, forbid, 20.



Vēxillum, -ī, N. [VAG-, VEH-], military ensign, banner,
flag, 20.



Vēxō, 1 [VAG-, VEH-], keep
carrying; harass, overrun, 4.



Vīctor, -ōris, M. [VIC-], conqueror, victor,
28; in appos. conquering,
victorious, 24.



Vīcus, -ī, M., row of
houses; village, hamlet, 7.



Videō, 2, vīdī, vīsum [VID-],
see, perceive,
12,
19; see, know,
5,
10,
24,
25,
26,
30,
31, w. acc. and infin.; pass., seem,
appear,
11,
16,
18,
28,
33; seem good, seem
best, 20.



Vigilia, -ae, F., being
awake; watch, night-watch,
11, 33.



Vīmen, -inis, N. [VI-, VIC-], means of binding; willow,
withe, wicker-work, 33.



Vincō, 3, vīcī, vīctum [VIC-], conquer, defeat,
28.

Cf. superō.



Vīnea, -ae, F. [VI-, VIC-], shelter for vines; covered
shed, movable shelter,
12, 30.



Vīnum, -ī, N. [VI-, VIC-], wine, 15.



Vir, virī, M., male,
man,
25, 33.



Virtūs, -ūtis, F.,
manhood; bravery, valor,
4,
8,
15,
21,
24,
27,
31, 33.



Vīs, vim, vī, F.,
strength, power, 30.



Vītō, 1, shun, try to escape,
avoid, 25.



Vix, adv. [VIC-], with
effort; barely, scarcely, hardly, 28.



Voluntās, -ātis, F. [VOL-], will, wish,
desire, 4.



Vōx, vōcis, F. [VOC],
that which calls out; voice, utterance,
13, 30.



Vulgō (volgō), adv. (abl. of vulgus) [VERG-, VALG-], among the people;
generally, commonly, 1.



Vulnerō, 1 [2 VEL-, VOL-],
wound, injure, 25.



Vulnus, -eris, N. [2 VEL-, VOL-], wound, hurt,
23,
25, 27.








125


 
ETYMOLOGICAL VOCABULARY.




----




The relation in meaning of some words in certain groups to the root is
sometimes obscure or even impossible to be traced with absolute
certainty. Sometimes the relation is obscured by the omission in this
vocabulary of an interlinking word, because it does not occur in the
text. Let us take an example close at hand, the root AID- and the noun
aestuārium. The notion “inlet” seems very remote from the notion
“burn.” But aestuārium is formed from aestus (for
aedtus), the first meaning of which is the raging of fire,
waves or billows of heat. As we might expect, a secondary
meaning is, the raging of water, waves, billows, in the proper
sense. From the force of the suffix -ārium, aestuārium
should mean a sea-marsh, or a tract overflowed at high
tide; and from this the notion “inlet,” the place through which the
tide rushes, comes naturally enough.




The following roots, with their meanings, have been mostly taken from
the excellent Elementary Latin Dictionary of Dr. Charlton T. Lewis.







1. AC-, sharp, pierce.



Aciēs, edge, line of battle.



Prae·acūtus, sharpened at the point.



Ācr·iter, sharply.



Acervus, heap.



Co·acervō, heap up.





2. AC-, swift.



Equĕs, horseman.



Equester, of horsemen.



Equitātus, cavalry.





AG-, drive.



Agō, drive, lead.



Cō·gō [for con·agō], drive together, compel.



Red·igō, drive back, reduce.



Ager, land.



Āgmen, marching column.



Īgnis, fire.



Ex·agitō, harass.





AID-, burn.



Aedi·ficium [from aedēs, hearth], building.



Aestās [for aid·tās], summer.



Aestuārium [for aid·t-], inlet.





1. AL-, AR-, feed, grow,
raise.



Altus, high.



Altitūdō, height.



Arduus, steep.



Arbor, tree.





2. AL- (ALI-), other,
strange.



Alius, other.



Aliās, at some other time.



Aliēnus, another’s.



Al·iter, other-wise.



Alter, the other (of two).





AM-, love.



Amīcus, friend.



Amīcitia, friendship.



In·imīcus, unfriendly, hostile.



126


AN-, breathe.



Animus, spirit.



Ex·animō, make breathless.



Onus (as the cause of panting), weight.





ANA-, pronominal stem, third
person.



In, in, into.



Inter, between.



Inter·eā, meanwhile.



Inter·im, meanwhile.



Interior [compar. of obs. interus], inner.



Intrā, within.



Intrō, enter.



?Ille [old form ollus, from onolus], that
one.





ANT-, before, against.



Ante, before, formerly.



Antīquitus, of old.





AP-, OP-, lay hold of work,
help.



(Ops), aid.



Opus, work.



Opera, exertion, service.



C·ōpia [for com·opia], supply.



Co·epī [for com·apiō], begin.



Optimus, best.



Omnis [for apnis], all.



Opīniō, impression.





APA-, away,
from.



Ab, from, by.



Ap·ud, among.



Ob, against.





AR-, fit.



Armō, arm.



Arma, arms.



Armātūra, equipment.



In·ermis, unarmed.





ARC-, shut in, keep off.



Ex·ercitus, army.



Ex·ercitātus, trained.





1. AV-, mark, desire,
delight.



Audeō, dare.



Audāc·ter, boldly.




Ūtor [for avtor], use.



Ūsus, use, experience.



In·ūsitātus, unusual.



In·ūtilis, useless.



Neg·ōtium [for nec·avtium], business.





2. AV-, mark, notice.



Audiō, hear.



Ex·audiō, overhear.





AVG-, grow.



Auctōritās, power.



Auxilium, aid.





BA-, VA-, VEN-, go.



Ar·bitror [for ad·batror], believe.



Du·bitō, doubt, hesitate.



Vadum, ford.



Veniō, come.



Ad·ventus, arrival.



Circum·veniō, outflank.



Con·veniō, meet.



Dē·veniō, come to.


127

Ē·ventus, outcome.



In·veniō, find.



Ob·veniō, fall in with.



Per·veniō, arrive at.





CA-, CI-, pronominal stem,
who.



Quī, who.



Quī·dam, a certain one.



Qui·dem, certainly.



Quīn [for quī·nē], but that.



Quā, where.



Quō, whither.



Quod, because.



Quis, who?



Quī·nam, who, pray?



Quis·quam, any.



Nē·quī·quam, in vain.



Quis·quis, whoever.



Quis·que, each one.



Quo·que, also.



Cum (quom), when.



Quam, than.



Quam·vīs, how-so-ever.



Post·quam, after.



Prius·quam, sooner than.



Quantus, how great.



Que, and.



Ita·que, and so.



Ne·que, and not.



Ubi [for quō·bi], where.



Undi·que [for cunde·que], from all sides.




Cēterī, the others.



Cis, this side of.



Citerior, hither.



Citrā, this side of.



Ut or Utī [for cutī or quotī], as, in
order that.



Uter·que [for quoter·que], each.



Ne·uter, neither.




Cotī·diē, daily.



Hī·c [for hī·ce], this.



Nun·c [for num·ce], now.



Sī·c [for sī·ce], so.





CAD-, fall.



Cadō, fall.



Ac·cidō (adc-), befall.



In·cidō, happen.



Cadāver, dead body.



Cāsus, happening.



Oc·cāsus (obc-), setting.



Cēdō, give way.



Ac·cēdō (adc-), approach.



Dis·cēdō, depart.



Dis·cessus, departure.



Ex·cēdō, withdraw from.



Inter·cēdō, intervene.



Prō·cēdō, advance.



Suc·cēdō (subc-), approach.



Suc·cessus (subc-), close approach.



Ar·cessō [for ad·cēdsō], summon.





1. CAL-, CAR-, call.



Con·cilium, meeting.



Clāmor, shouting.





2. CAL-, SCAL-, cover,
hide.



Oc·cultus (obc-), hidden.



Galea, helmet.



Domi·cilium, dwelling-place.



Cēlō, hide.



128


CAP-, take, hold.



Ac·cipiō (adc-), receive.



In·cipiō, begin.



Inter·cipiō, intercept.



Re·cipiō, receive.



Captīvus, captive.




Oc·cupō (obc-), take into possession.



Caput, head.



Prae·ceps, headlong.



Prīn·ceps, leader.





CAR-, SCAR-, hard, scrape.



Cortex, bark.



Cornū, horn, wing.





CAV-, watch.



Causa, cause.



In·cūsō, accuse.





CEL-, CER-, strike, drive.



Gladius [for cladius], sword.



Celeritās, swiftness.



Celer·iter, swiftly.



Pro·cul, at a distance.



Cursus, running.



Con·currō, run together.



Dē·currō, run down.



Oc·currō (obc-), meet.



Ex·cursiō, sally.





CEN-, hundred.



Centum, hundred.



Centuriō, centurion.



Du·centī, two hundred.



Quadrin·gentī, four hundred.



Quīn·gentī, five hundred.



Sex·centī, six hundred.





1. CER-, CRE-, make.



Crēber, numerous.



Corpus, body.





2. CER-, CRE-, part.



Dē·cernō, decide upon.



Dē·certō, fight decisively.



Certus, sure.





CI-, rouse.



In·citō, urge on.



Solli·citō (sōli-), stir up.





CLĪ-, lean.



Clē·mentia, mildness.



Ad·clīvis (acc-), sloping upward.



Ad·clīvitās (acc-), upward slope.



Dē·clīvis, sloping downward.





CRAT-, faith.



Crē·do, [for crat·dō], believe.



In·crē·dibilis [for in·crat·dibilis], incredible.





CVR-, CIR-, curve.



Circum, around.



Circi·ter, about.



Circu·itus, circumference.



Cruciātus, torture.





1. DA-, give.



Dō, give.



Dē·dō, give up.



Dē·ditīcius, one who has surrendered.



Dē·ditiō, surrender.



Ē·ditus [P. of ē·dō], rising.


129

Red·dō, give back.



Trā·dō [for trāns·dō], give over.



Vēn·dō [for vēnum·dō], sell.





2. DA-, put.



Ab·dō, hide.



Crē·dō, believe.



In·crē·dibilis, incredible.



Man·dō, commission.





3. DA-, pronominal stem, third
person.



Ī·dem, the same.



Quī·dam, a certain one.



Qui·dem, indeed.



Tot·idem, just as many.





DEC-, ten.



Decem, ten.



Decimus, tenth.



Decumānus (deci-), of the tenth (cohort), in the
phrase, porta decumāna, the main entrance to a Roman camp.



Ūn·decimus, eleventh.



Duo·decimus, twelfth.



Quīn·decim, fifteen.





DĪC-, DIC- (DAC-), show,
point.



Dīcō, say.



Doceō, teach.



Iū·dicō, judge.



(Diciō), control.



Con·diciō, condition.





DIV-, DI-, DIAV-, shine.



Dīvīnus, divine.



Diēs, day.



Cotī·diē, daily.



Postrī·diē [for posterō diē), next day.



Trī·duum, three days’ time.



Dum [for dium], while.



Nōn·dum, not yet.



Diū, for a long time.



Iuvō, [for diuvō], aid.



Ad·iuvō, aid.





DOM-, build.



Domus, home.



Domi·cilium, dwelling-place.



Domesticus, of home.





DVA-, DVI-, apart, two.



Duo, two.



Duo·decimus, twelfth.



Duo·dē·vīgintī, eighteen.



Du·bitō, doubt, hesitate.



Du·centī, two hundred.



Du·plex, two-fold.



Bellum [for duellum], war.





DVC-, lead.



Dux, leader.



Dūcō, lead.



Ad·dūcō, bring to.



Con·dūcō, gather.



Dē·dūcō, lead off.



Ē·dūcō, lead out.



In·dūcō, cover.



Intrō·dūcō, lead in.



Ob·dūcō, extend.



Re·dūcō, lead back.



Trā·dūcō [for trāns·dūcō], lead across.



130


EM-, take.



Emō, buy.



Ex·imius, excellent.



Sū·mō [for sub·imō], take.





ES-, be, live.



Sum [for esum], be.



Ab·sum, be away.



Dē·sum, be lacking.



Inter·sum, be between.



Prae·sum, command. 



Super·sum, survive.





FAC-, put, make.



Faciō, do.



Fīō, passive of faciō, become.



Cōn·ficiō, accomplish, wear out.



Dē·ficiō, fail.



Ef·ficiō, bring about.



Inter·ficiō, kill.



Pate·faciō, throw open.



Prae·ficiō, place in command.



Pro·ficīscor, put one’s self forward, set out.



Pro·fectiō, setting out.



Facilis, easy.



Facile, easily.



Aedi·ficium, building.



Ampli·ficō, enlarge.



Dif·ficilis (disf-), difficult.



Dif·ficultās (disf-), difficulty.



Facultās, opportunity.



Male·ficium, outrage.



Sīgni·ficō, announce.



Sīgni·ficātiō, signal.





FEN-, FEND-, strike.



Dē·fendō, ward off, defend.



Dē·fēnsiō, defence.



Dē·fēnsor, defender.





1. FER-, bear.



Ferō, bear. 



Ad·ferō (aff-), bring to.



Cōn·ferō, bring together.



Dē·ferō, carry.



Īn·ferō, bring upon.



Of·ferō (obf-), carry.



Per·ferō, endure.



Prae·ferō, place before, out-do.



Re·ferō, bring back.



Fertilitās, fertility.



Ferāx, fertile.



Fōrs, chance.



Fōrtūna, fortune.



Sīgni·fer, standard-bearer.





2. FER-, FRE-, hold, fix.



Ferē, almost.



Cōn·fīrmō, give assurance, reassure.



Fortis [for forctis], brave.



Fort·iter, bravely. 





1. FID-, FĪD-, bind,
trust.



Fidēs, faith.



Cōn·fīdō, trust.





2. FID-, split.



Fīnis [for fidnis], limit.



Fīnitimus, neighboring.



Ad·fīnitās, connection by marriage.





FLAG-, FLIG-, strike.



Cōn·flīgō, contend with.



Prō·flīgō, defeat.



131


1. FVG-, FRVG-, use,
enjoy.



Frūmentum [for frūgimentum], grain.



Frūmentārius, of grain.





2. FVG-, bend, flee.



Fuga, flight.



Fugiō, flee.



Pro·fugiō, flee.





FVR-, FERV-, rage, swell.



Furor, frenzy.



?Frōns, front.





GEN-, GN-, GNA-, beget.



Nāscor (gn-), arise.



Ē·nāscor, grow out.



Nātus, birth.



Nātiō, nation.



Nātūra, nature.



Prō·gnātus, sprung from.





GER-, carry.



Gerō, carry on.



Ag·ger (adg-), mound.





GNA-, GNO-, know.



Nam, for.



Nāvō [for gnāvō], perform with knowledge and zeal.



Cō·gnōscō, learn.



Nōbilitās, high birth.



Nōmen, name.



Nōminātim, by name.



Nōminō, mention.





GRAD-, walk.



Ad·gredior (agg-), attack.



Con·gredior meet.



Ē·gredior, go from.



In·gredior, enter.



Prō·gredior, advance.



Trāns·gredior, cross.





HAB-, have.



Habeō, have.



Dē·beō [for de·hibeō], owe to.



Prae·beō [for prae·hibeō], furnish.



Pro·hibeō, restrain.





HAM-, man.



Homō, man.



Nē·mō [for ne·homō], nobody.





HĪM-, cold.



Hiemō, pass the winter.



Hībernus [for hiemernus], of winter.



Hībernācula, winter quarters.





1. I-, AI-, go.



Ad·eō, approach.



Ad·itus, approach.



Circu·itus [for circum·itus], circumference.



Ex·eō, go forth, set out.



In·eō, enter upon.



In·itium, beginning.



Ob·itus, destruction.



Red·eō, return.



Sub·eō, approach closely.



Sub·itō, suddenly.



Trāns·eō, cross.



Iter, route.



Aetās [for aevitās], age.



From iter is the adv., ending -iter or
-ter, as in aequāl·iter for aequale·iter,
al·iter, audāc·ter, celer·iter, circi·ter,
diligent·(t)er, fort·iter, lēn·iter,
in·diligent·(t)er.



132


2. I-, AI-, pronominal stem,
third person, demonstrative.



Is, this one.



Eō, there.



Inter·eā, meanwhile.



Inter·im, meanwhile.



Post·eā, afterwards.



Propter·eā, for the reason (that).



Ī·dem, the same.



Iden·t·idem [for idem·et·idem], again and again.



I·pse, self.



Ibī, there.



Inde, thence.



De·inde, thereupon.



Ita, thus.



Ita·que, therefore.



Item, likewise.



?I·dōneus, suitable.





Ūnus [for oenus], one.



Ūnā, together.



Ūni·versus, all.



Ūn·decimus, eleventh.



Ūllus [for ūnulus], any.



Nūllus [for ne·ūnulus], none.



Nōn·nūllus, some.



Nōn [ne·oenum (ūnum)], not.



Nōn·dum, not yet.





IA-, IAC-, go, send.



Iaciō, throw.



Ad·iciō, hurl.



Circum·iciō, place around.



Cōn·iciō, hurl.



Dē·iciō, throw down from.



Dē·iectus, slope.



Inter·iciō, place between.



Prō·iciō, hurl.



Re·iciō, hurl back.



Iaceō, lie.





IC-, AIC-, like.



Aequāl·iter, evenly.



Ad·aequō, equal.



In·īquus, unfavorable.



In·īquitās, inequality.





IV-, IVG-, bind, yoke.



Iugum, ridge.



Con·iungō, join together.



Cūnctus [for cōn·iūnctus], all.



Iūs, right.



Iūstitia, justice.



Con·iūrō, conspire.



In·iūria, wrong.



Iū·dicō, judge.



Iubeō, order.



Iūxtā [for iūgistā], close by.





LAG-, loose.



Re·languēscō, lose energy.



Lassitūdō, exhaustion.



Laxō, widen.





1. LEG-, LIG-, gather.



Dē·ligō, choose.



Dī·ligen·ter [for dis·ligent·ter], scrupulously.



In·dī·ligen·ter, carelessly.



Ē·ligō, choose.



Intel·legō, understand.



Legiō, legion.



Legiōnārius, of a legion.





2. LEG-, run, spring.



Levis [for legvis], light.



Levitās, lightness.


133

Longus, long.



Longē, far.





3. LEG-, lie, be fixed.



Lēx, law.



Lēgātus, envoy.



Lēgātiō, embassy.





LI-, pour, smear.



Littera, written character.



Dē·leō, destroy.





LIB-, desire.



Līberī, children (the free).



Līberāl·iter, generously.





LIC-, LIQV-, let, leave.



Pol·liceor [for prō·liceor], promise.



Re·linquō, leave behind.



Re·liquus, remaining.





1. MA-, MAN-, measure.



Manus, hand.



Man·dō [for manus·dō], commission.



Mani·pulus, handful, maniple.



Mān·suētūdō, gentleness.



Dī·mētior, measure out.



Mōs, custom.





2. MA-, MAD-, measure,
moderate.



Modus, manner.



Modo, only.



Com·modē (conm-), easily.



Ad·com·modō (acconm-), fit.





MAC-, MAG-, big.



Magis [for magius], more.



Māximē, most.



Māgnus, great.



Māgnitūdō, greatness.



Māior [for magior], greater.



Magistrātus, office.



Molestē, in a troublesome manner.





MAL-, crush, grind.



Male·ficium, outrage.



Mulier, woman.





1. MAN-, MEN-, man, mind,
stay.



Moneō, advise.



Dē·mōnstrō, point out.



Clē·mentia, kindness.





2. MAN-, MI-, small,
less.



Minor, smaller.



Minus, less.



Minimē, least.



Ad·ministrō, execute.





MĪL-, associate.



Mīlle, thousand.



Mīles, soldier.



Mīlitāris, of war.





MIS-, wretched.



Miser, wretched.



Miseri·cordia, pity.





MIT-, send, throw.



Mittō, send.



Ā·mittō, lose.



Com·mittō (conm-), join together.



Dī·mittō, despatch.



Ē·mittō, let fly.


134

Inter·mittō, halt.



Intrō·mittō, send in.



O·mittō [for ob·mittō], neglect.



Per·mittō, grant.



Prae·mittō, send in advance.



Re·mittō, send back.



Sub·mittō, send as aid.





1. MV-, MOV-, move.



Moveō, move.



Com·moveō, startle.



Per·moveō, rouse.



Prō·moveō, move forward.



Mōbilitās, nimbleness.



Com·mūtātiō, change.





2. MV-, shut, fasten.



Com·mūnis (conm-), common.



Moenia, walls.



Mūniō, fortify.



Circum·mūniō, blockade.



Mūnīmentum, fortification.



Mūnītiō, fortification.



Mūrus [old moerus], wall.





NA-, no.



Nē, that not, lest.



Ne·que, and not.



Nē·ve or Neu, and that not.



Ni·hil, nothing.



Ni·si [for nē·si], if not.



Nōn [for ne·oenum (ūnum)], not.



Nōn·dum, not yet.



Quīn [for quī·nē], but that.





1. NEC-, NOC-, kill,
hurt.



Inter·neciō, annihilation.



Nox, night.



Noctū, by night.





2. NEC-, bind.



Necessitās, necessity.



Necessārius, necessary.





NV-, now (pronominal stem).



Noster, our.



Nunc [for num·ce], now.



Novus, new, fresh.



Nūntius [for noventius, from obs. noveō, from
novus], messenger.



Nūntiō, report.



Re·nūntiō, report.





OL-, OR-, grow, rise.



Orior, arise.



Ad·orior, assault.



Ōrdō, order.





PA-, feed.



Pater, father.



Patrius, ancestral.



Pābulum, fodder.





PAC-, PAG-, PVG-, fix, peg.



Pāx, peace.



Pācō, subdue.





Pūgnō, fight.



Ex·pūgnō, storm.



Op·pūgnō (obp-), assault.



Op·pūgnātiō (obp-), assault.



Prō·pūgnō, defend.





PAL-, PEL-, PVL-, drive,
scatter.



Pellō, drive.



Ad·pellō (app-), accost.



Com·pellō (conp-), drive together.


135

Ex·pellō, drive out.



Im·pellō (inp-), incite.



Re·pellō, drive back.





1. PAR-, POR-, PER-, through,
far, reach, try.



Pār, equal.



Per, through.



Ex·perior, test.



Perīclitor, test.



Perīculum, danger.



Porta, gate.



Portō, bear.



Op·portūnus (obp-), suitable.



Paulis·per, for a short time.





2. PAR-, POR-, part,
breed.



Parātus, ready.



Com·parō (conp-), get ready.



Pro·perō, hasten.



Im·perātor (inp-), commander.



Im·perō (inp-), command.



Im·perium (inp-), command.



A·pertus [for ab·partus], open.



Re·periō, find.



Pars, portion.



Partim, partly.



O·portet [for ob·portet], is necessary.





PARC-, PLEC-, bind, weave,
fold.



Du·plex, two-fold.



Sup·plex (subp-), suppliant.



Sup·plicātiō (subp-), thanksgiving.





Prope, near [with metathesis of r and change of c
to p. Cf. roots SAC and SCAL].



Proximus [superl. of propior], nearest.



Proximē, last.



Propīnquus, near.



Propīnquitās, proximity.



Ad·propīnquō (app-), approach.



Propter, near, on account of.



Propter·eā, for the reason (that).





1. PAT-, go.



Passus, step.



Pōns, bridge.





2. PAT-, PAD-, spread,
open.



Pateō, extend.



Pate·faciō, open.



Pandō, extend.





PAV-, little.



Paucus, few.



Parvulus, slight.



Paulum, a little.



Paulō, a little.



Paululum, very slightly.



Paulātim, gradually.



Paulis·per, for a short time.





PED-, tread.



Pēs, foot.



Pedĕs, foot-soldier.



Pedester, of infantry.



Ex·pedītus, unencumbered.



Im·pediō (inp-), hinder.



Im·pedīmenta (inp-), baggage.




Op·pidum [for ob-pedum], town.



Op·pidānus (obp-), townsman.





PET-, fly.



Petō, seek.



Im·petus (inp-), charge.



136


PIS-, crush.



Pīlum [for pislum], spear.



Prīmi·pīlus, first centurion of the triarii.





PLAT-, spread, flat.



Latus [for platus], side.



Plānitiēs [for platnitiēs], plain.





PLE-, PLO-, PLV-, fill.



Com·pleō (conp-), fill.



Plērus·que, the most of.



Plūs, more.



Plūrimum, most.



Com·plūrēs (conp-), many.





Mani·pulus, maniple.



Am·plius, more.



Ampli·ficō, enlarge.



?Pellis, skin.



Populus, people.



Pūblicus [for populicus], belonging to the state.





PLV-, PLOV-, wash, flow.



Ex·plōrō [for ex·ploverō], reconnoitre.



Ex·plōrātor, scout.





POS-, behind.



Post, after.



Post·eā, afterwards.



Post·quam, after.



Postrī·diē [for posterō diē], next day.





POT-, master.



Potius, rather.



Pos·sum [for potis sum], be able, can.



Potēns, able.



Potestās, power.



Potior, gain.



Im·petrō (inp-), obtain.





PREC-, pray.



Dē·precor, petition against.



Poscō [for porcscō], demand.



Postulō, demand.





PRO-, PRI-, PRAE-, before.



Prō, before.



Prior, preceding.



Prius·quam, sooner than.



Prīs·tinus [for prius·tinus], former.



Prīmus, first.



Prīmum, in the first place.



Prīmō, in the first place.



Prīn·ceps [for prīmi·ceps], leader.



Prīmi·pīlus, first centurion of the triarii.



Prae, before.





RA-, join, count.



Ratiō, reason.



Rēs, thing.





RAP-, RVP-, snatch, break.



Dī·ripiō [for dis·ripiō], sack.



Ē·ruptiō, sally.



Rūpēs, cliff.





REG-, RIG-, stretch, guide.



Por·rigō [for prō·regō], stretch out.



Regiō, direction.



Rēx, ruler.



Rēgnum, control.



137


1. SA-, SI-, sow, strow,
sift.



Pōnō [for port·(prō) sinō], place.



Dē·pōnō, put off.



Prō·pōnō, display.





2. SA-, SIM-, together,
like.



Singulī, one at a time.



Singulāris, extraordinary.



Simul, at the same time.



Cōn·similis, altogether like.





3. SA-, pronominal stem.



Sī·c [for sī·ce], so.



I·pse, self.





1. SAC-, SAG-, fasten.



Sagittārius, archer.



Saepēs [with p for c], hedge.





2. SAC-, SEC-, SCĪD-, CĪD-,
split.



Saxum, rock.



Sectiō, booty.



Scientia, knowledge.



Inter·scindō, cut off.



Con·cīdō, cut to pieces.



In·cīdō, cut into.



Oc·cīdō, kill.





3. SAC-, show.



Sīgnum, signal.



Sīgni·fer, standard-bearer.



Sīgni·ficō, announce.



Sīgni·ficātiō, signal.



Īn·sīgne, sign.





SAL-, SER-, save.



Salūs, safety.



Sōlus, alone.



Sōlum, only.



Solli·citō (sōli), stir up.



Servō, keep.



Cōn·servō, preserve.





SCAD-, CAD-, cover.



Castra, camp.



Castellum, redoubt.





SCAL-, SCAR- (with p
for c, SPOL-), scrape.



Calamitās, [for scalamitās], disaster.



Dē·spoliō, deprive.



?Populor, Dē·populor, ravage.





SCAND-, climb.



A·scendō (adsc-), mount.



A·scēnsus (adsc-), ascent.





SCARP-, SCALP-, cut,
scratch.



Scrībō, write.



Cōn·scrībō, enroll.



Prae·scrībō, dictate.





SCV-, CV-, cover, hide.



Scūtum, shield.



Custōdia, guard.





SEC-, follow.



Sequor, follow.



Cōn·sequor, attain.



Īn·sequor, follow up.



Prō·sequor, pursue.



Sub·sequor, follow closely.



Secundus, favorable.



Secundum, according to.



Con- [for scom-], with.



Cum, with.



Cōpia [for com·opia], supply.


138

Con·trā, against.



Con·trārius, opposite.





SED-, SID-, sit.



Pos·sideō [for prō·sideo], own.



Īn·sidiae, stratagem.



Ob·sĕs, hostage.



Prae·sidium, garrison.



Sub·sidium, assistance.



Super·sedeō, omit.



Cōn·sīdō, settle.





SEN-, old.



Senātor, elder, senator.



Senātus, senate.





SENT-, feel.



Sententia, opinion.



Cōn·sentiō, agree.



Cōn·sēnsus, agreement.





1. SER-, SVAR-, string,
bind.



Dē·serō, abandon.



Prae·sertim, especially.



Servitūs, slavery.





2. SER-, SVAL-, bright.



Sōl, sun.



Silva, forest.



Silvestris, wooded.





1. SMAR-, MAR-, think.



Mora, delay.



Moror, delay.





Memoria, remembrance.



Com·memorō (conm-), mention.





2. SMAR-, MER-,
ascribe.



Meritum, merit.



Mercātor, trader.





SOVO-, SVO-, own.



Suī, of himself, etc.



Suus, his, etc.



Cōn·suēscō, be accustomed.



Cōn·suētūdō, custom.



Mān·suētūdō, gentleness.





Sed, but.



?Sī, if.



?Si·ne, without.



?Ni·si, if not.





SPA-, PA-, draw, stretch.



Spatium, space.



Spēs, hope.



Dē·spērō, give up hope.





?Studeō, strive after.



?Studium, eagerness.





SPEC-, see, spy.



Cōn·spiciō, espy.



Per·spiciō, ascertain.



Re·spiciō, look back.



Ex·spectō, await.



Cōn·spicor, espy.



Speciēs, form.



Speculātor, spy.



Cōn·spectus, sight.



Dē·spectus, view downward.



Prō·spectus, view forward.





STA-, stand, set.



Cōn·stanter, uniformly.



Īn·stō, press forward.



Prae·stō, excel, show.



Cōn·sistō, take position.



Dē·sistō, stop.



Īn·sistō, take a stand.


139

Re·sistō, resist.



Statuō, determine.



Cōn·stituō, determine.



Statim, at once.



Statiō, picket.



Statūra, stature.





STER-, STRA-, STLA-, strow,
spread.



Lātus [old, stlātus], broad.



Lātitūdō, width.





STRV-, spread, heap.



Ex·struō, erect.



Īn·struō, arrange.





1. TA-, TEN-, stretch.



Prīs·tinus [for prius·tinus], former.



Prō·tinus, at once.



Tener, tender.



Teneō, hold.



Con·tineō, restrain, keep.



Dis·tineō, separate.



Ob·tineō, hold.



Per·tineō, extend to.



Re·tineō, detain.



Sus·tineō [for subs·tineō], sustain.



Sus·tentō [for subs·tentō], hold out.



Tendō, stretch.



Con·tendō, hasten.



?Tempus, time.





2. TA-, pronominal stem, third
person, demonstrative.



Tam, so.



Tantus, so great.



Tantulus, so trifling.



Tamen, still.



Tot·idem, just as many.



Tum, then.



Also the final element in au·tem, au·t, i·ta,
i·ta·que, u·t.





TAG-, touch, seize.



At·tingō (adt-), touch.



Red·in·tegrō, renew.





TARC- (TARP-), TREP-, turn,
twist.



Tormentum, engine for hurling.



Turpitūdō, disgrace.



Trabs, beam.





TEC-, TAX-, weave, arrange.



In·texō, weave in.



Tēlum (for teclum), spear.





TEM-, TAN-, cut.



Con·temptus, contempt.



Con·tumēlia, insult.





TER-, TREM-, TERS-, shake,
scare.



Dē·terreō, prevent.



Per·terreō, thoroughly frighten.



Terror, fright.





TV-, TVM-, TAV-, TO-, swell.



Tumulus, mound.



Tumultus, uproar.



Tōtus, whole.





TVR-, harry, crowd.



Per·turbō, throw into confusion.



Prō·turbō, drive off,



?Turris, tower.



140


VAG-, VEH-, move, carry.



Vēxillum, flag.



Vēxō, harass.





1. VEL-, VAL-, VER-, cover,
guard.



Vāllum, rampart.



Inter·vāllum, distance.



Vereor, fear.





2. VEL-, VOL-, tear,
pluck.



Vulnus, wound.



Vulnerō, wound.





VER-, say.



Verbum, word.



Vērō, in truth.





VERG-, VRG-, VALG-, slope,
press.



Vergō, incline.



Urgeō, press.



Vulgō (volgō), generally.





VERT-, turn.



Ā·vertō, turn away.



Con·vertō, turn around.



Re·vertō, return.



Re·vertor, return.



Versō, turn about, pass. dwell.



Ad·versus, opposite.



Dī·versus, turned away.



Intr·ōrsus [for intrō·versus], within.



R·ūrsus [for re·vorsus], again.



Trāns·versus, at right-angles.



Ūni·versus, all.





VET-, VIT-, year, old.



In·veterāscō, grow old in.



Vetō, forbid.





VI-, VIC-, twine.



Vīnea, covered shed.



Vīnum, wine.



Vīmen, willow, withe.





VIC-, conquer.



Vincō, conquer.



Vīctor, victorious.



Prō·vincia, province.



Vix, barely.





VID-, see.



Videō, see.



In·videō, envy.



Prō·videō, procure.



Prū·dentia [for prō·videntia], wisdom.



Im·prō·vīsō (inp-), unexpectedly.





VIR-, man.



Vir, man.



Virtūs, valor.





VOC-, VAG-, call.



Con·vocō, call together.



Re·vocō, call back.



Vōx, voice.





VOL-, will, wish.



Voluntās, wish.



N·ōlō [for nē·vōlō], be unwilling.



Quam·vīs, howsoever.


141


At, but.








At·que,


Āc,

and.






Et, and.



Et·iam, even.



Ad, to.



Ap·ud, among.





Ex, Ē, from, out of.



Extrēmus, furthest.





Locus [for stlocus], place.



Con·locō (coll-), place.





Multus, much.



Multitūdō, large number.





Proelium, battle.



Proelior, fight.





Superior, higher.



Summus [for supimus], highest



Suprā, above.



Superō, overcome.





Tardus, slow.



Tardō, retard.





Trēs, three.



Trī·duum, three days’ time.



Tribūnus, military tribune.



Tertius, third.